1 #LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
86 \paragraph_separation indent
88 \quotes_language english
91 \paperpagestyle default
92 \tracking_changes false
109 \begin_layout Standard
111 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
114 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
122 \begin_layout Standard
123 \begin_inset Note Note
126 \begin_layout Standard
127 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
134 \begin_layout Standard
135 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
143 \begin_layout Standard
144 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
151 \begin_layout Chapter
155 \begin_layout Section
159 \begin_layout Standard
160 LyX is a document preparation system.
161 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
162 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
163 It is unlike most other
164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
171 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
173 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
185 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
208 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
212 \begin_layout Standard
214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
226 the format of all of the manuals.
227 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
228 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 \begin_layout Section
249 \begin_layout Subsection
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
260 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
262 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
263 already done that in the
268 Check there for more info.
271 \begin_layout Standard
272 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
275 \begin_layout Standard
276 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
277 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
278 More on that in a bit.
281 \begin_layout Subsection
285 \begin_layout Standard
286 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
288 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
289 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
291 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
297 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
311 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 \begin_layout Standard
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
326 This, however, is due
327 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
328 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
329 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
330 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
332 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
333 this doesn't work for equations yet.
336 \begin_layout Subsection
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
342 commercial applications.
347 \begin_layout Standard
348 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
353 of the manuals from inside LyX.
354 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
366 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
367 Here's what one of our authors,
371 , once said about manuals:
374 \begin_layout Quotation
378 \begin_layout Quotation
379 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
380 They are aggravating.
381 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
382 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
383 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
384 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
385 then they should sit down and learn
389 they start up a major piece of software.
392 \begin_layout Quotation
393 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
395 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
396 and intimidated, not stupid.
397 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
398 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
401 \begin_layout Standard
404 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
405 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
406 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
407 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
411 \begin_layout Section
415 \begin_layout Subsection
416 Basic File Operations
419 \begin_layout Standard
427 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
428 more advanced operations:
431 \begin_layout Itemize
440 \begin_layout Itemize
452 \begin_layout Itemize
461 \begin_layout Itemize
470 \begin_layout Itemize
479 \begin_layout Itemize
490 \begin_layout Itemize
499 \begin_layout Itemize
508 \begin_layout Itemize
518 \begin_layout Standard
519 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
520 a few minor differences.
526 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
535 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
536 you for a template to use.
537 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
538 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
539 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
542 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
543 reference "sec:doc-classes"
550 \begin_layout Standard
552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
575 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
576 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
579 \begin_layout Standard
587 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
592 \begin_layout Standard
593 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
606 It will simply reload the document from disk.
607 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
608 and want to restore it to the last save.
611 \begin_layout Standard
612 The second matter of note concerns the commands
617 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
629 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
645 to save us all from our own stupidity.
646 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
647 be informed that there are unsaved files.
650 \begin_layout Subsection
651 Basic Editing Features
654 \begin_layout Standard
655 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
656 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
657 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
658 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
660 We'll start with cut and paste.
663 \begin_layout Standard
664 As you might expect, the
671 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
672 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Itemize
702 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
706 \begin_layout Standard
707 The first three are self-explanatory.
708 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
709 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
718 keys also functions as the
723 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
724 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
725 it with what you just typed.
733 to get back the lost text.
736 \begin_layout Standard
742 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
749 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
759 The text you want to find goes in the
768 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
776 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
786 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
789 \begin_layout Standard
801 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
804 \begin_layout Standard
814 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
816 If the toggle is set, searching for
817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
828 will not match the word
829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
843 \begin_layout Standard
852 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
892 \begin_layout Subsection
896 \begin_layout Standard
897 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
898 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
904 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
911 to undo some mistake.
912 If you accidently undo too much, use
917 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
932 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
937 \begin_layout Standard
938 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
939 it was last saved, the
940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
947 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
948 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
951 \begin_layout Standard
966 work on almost everything in LyX.
967 They have some quirks, too.
982 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
983 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
997 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
998 hopefully appreciate how it works.
1001 \begin_layout Subsection
1002 Basic Mouse Bindings
1005 \begin_layout Standard
1006 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
1007 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1008 can do with the mouse.
1009 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1012 \begin_layout Enumerate
1017 \begin_layout Itemize
1022 once anywhere in the edit window.
1023 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1027 \begin_layout Enumerate
1032 \begin_layout Itemize
1038 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1044 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1047 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1050 \begin_layout Itemize
1051 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1056 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1063 \begin_layout Enumerate
1064 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1068 \begin_layout Standard
1073 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1074 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1078 \begin_layout Enumerate
1083 \begin_layout Standard
1088 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1093 \begin_layout Subsection
1095 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1096 name "sec: key bindings"
1103 \begin_layout Standard
1104 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1105 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1107 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1108 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1111 \begin_layout Standard
1138 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1142 \begin_layout Labeling
1143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1148 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1149 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1150 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1151 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1156 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1157 reference "sec:par-environments"
1161 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1163 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1164 reference "sec:parenvlists"
1170 If you're still confused, look in the
1177 \begin_layout Labeling
1178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1191 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1192 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1195 \begin_layout Labeling
1196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1207 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1208 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1212 \begin_layout Labeling
1213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1228 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1232 works as expected and
1236 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1242 by that, go read section
1243 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1244 reference "sec:x-win-keys"
1249 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1253 \begin_layout Standard
1254 Then there are the modifier keys:
1257 \begin_layout Labeling
1258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1263 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1264 in combination with:
1268 \begin_layout Itemize
1277 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1280 \begin_layout Itemize
1289 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1292 \begin_layout Itemize
1301 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1305 \begin_layout Labeling
1306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1311 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1312 and new cursor positions.
1315 \begin_layout Labeling
1316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1321 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1323 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1324 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1325 one actually performs the
1330 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1332 menu accelerator keys
1335 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1336 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1340 \begin_layout Standard
1341 For example, the sequence
1342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1385 \begin_layout Standard
1386 There are also other things bound to the
1390 key, but you'll have to check in the
1402 \begin_layout Standard
1403 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1404 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1405 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1406 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1407 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1408 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1409 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1425 followed by a capital
1431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1449 \begin_layout Section
1450 Using LyX with Other Programs
1453 \begin_layout Subsection
1454 Importing plain text files
1457 \begin_layout Standard
1458 You can import text from an plain text file using the
1463 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1468 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1483 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1507 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1512 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1521 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1522 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1523 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1524 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1533 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1538 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1548 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1549 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1555 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1561 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1562 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1563 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1567 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1568 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1571 \begin_layout Subsection
1572 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1588 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1589 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1590 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1591 text with the middle mouse button.
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1597 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1598 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1601 \begin_layout Chapter
1602 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1605 \begin_layout Section
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1610 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1611 can safely skip this chapter.
1612 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1613 distributed with it.
1616 \begin_layout Standard
1617 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1619 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1626 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1639 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1640 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1642 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1646 \begin_layout Standard
1647 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1648 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1656 \begin_layout Section
1658 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1666 \begin_layout Standard
1667 There are two ways to run LyX.
1668 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1669 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1670 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1678 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1679 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1680 are put in the correct places.
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1685 without resorting to configuration files.
1686 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1687 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1688 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1693 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1694 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1695 which are not seen by LyX.
1696 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1701 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1710 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1711 about what has been found under
1716 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1727 \begin_layout Standard
1728 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1729 document-level setting that you can change via the
1734 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1742 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1743 taste and save them with the
1750 Document\InsetSpace ~
1761 This will create a template named
1765 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1766 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1769 \begin_layout Standard
1770 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1771 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1776 It will then attempt to read a file called
1784 \begin_layout Standard
1789 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1790 This directory is called LyX's
1795 To find out where it is, use
1800 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1807 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1826 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1833 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1837 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1841 \begin_layout Section
1842 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1843 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1844 name "sec:x-win-keys"
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 To use LyX properly, X
1856 be set up correctly.
1857 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1858 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1859 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1860 you must do this yourself.
1861 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1862 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1863 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1866 \begin_layout Subsection
1867 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1870 \begin_layout Standard
1871 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1872 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1874 If you don't have them, install them.
1877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1881 \begin_layout Standard
1882 This document contains no information on how to use
1896 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1898 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1901 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1925 \begin_layout Standard
1926 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1927 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1928 output in a form readable by
1933 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1937 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1940 \begin_layout Subsection
1941 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1945 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1958 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1962 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1964 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1972 ) or as a prefix key.
1973 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1980 \begin_layout Itemize
1986 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1992 \begin_layout Itemize
1998 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2004 \begin_layout Itemize
2010 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2016 \begin_layout Itemize
2022 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2028 \begin_layout Standard
2029 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2030 only from time to time.
2031 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2032 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2035 \begin_layout Subsection
2036 Helpful Hints and Tips
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 First, open up two xterminals.
2041 Use one to edit a new
2054 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2059 to output the new keymap.
2064 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2065 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2069 file, and you're done.
2073 \begin_layout Standard
2074 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2079 This will create a usable map file.
2087 \begin_layout Standard
2088 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2089 Try executing the command
2094 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2097 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2099 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2100 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2107 \begin_layout Standard
2108 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2121 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2122 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2131 to the same operation.
2133 Other programs, however, use
2141 for different operations.
2142 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2150 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2153 \begin_layout Section
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2158 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2163 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2166 \begin_layout Standard
2167 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2168 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2172 \begin_layout Standard
2173 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2174 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2185 That's how you pronounce
2186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2201 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2222 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2230 format, or Dvi, for short.
2231 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2232 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2234 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2238 \begin_layout Standard
2239 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2240 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2241 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2246 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2247 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2248 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2249 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2252 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
2253 target "http://www.ctan.org"
2258 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2266 \begin_layout Section
2267 Dvips and Ghostscript
2270 \begin_layout Subsection
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2276 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2278 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2282 \begin_layout Itemize
2288 \begin_layout Itemize
2294 \begin_layout Itemize
2300 \begin_layout Itemize
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2311 \begin_layout Standard
2312 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2313 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2320 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2321 with LaTeX and should read the
2325 document before proceeding further.
2330 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2332 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2333 the PostScript through
2337 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2338 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2339 every time you print.
2340 For now, we'll concentrate on
2347 \begin_layout Subsection
2349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2350 name "sec:dvipsconfig"
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2359 you should configure
2369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2376 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2378 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2392 set up to send output to the default printer.
2393 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2396 \begin_layout Standard
2397 If you are not in a mood to configure
2401 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2402 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2403 expect from your printer.
2404 At least, it will print.
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2409 on Linux), you should run the program
2414 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2418 you should then select menu entry
2423 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2431 \begin_layout Standard
2432 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2436 how to automagically convert a
2444 file adapted to printer
2448 , you need to have a config-file,
2449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2460 lying around somewhere.
2471 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2473 in most TeX distributions.
2474 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2475 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2487 It'll be there somewhere.
2490 \begin_layout Standard
2491 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2496 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2504 \begin_layout Standard
2505 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2516 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2522 containing only the relevant lines.
2526 \begin_layout Standard
2527 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2528 There may exist a line that looks like,
2529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2540 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2554 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2559 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2583 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2585 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2586 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2587 best possible result on your printer.
2588 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2593 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2599 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2600 To do this, you should launch the
2609 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2620 tab, and set the entries
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2634 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2636 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2647 environment variable.
2648 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2650 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2660 as a filter for your print spooler.
2661 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2662 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Some people don't seem to like using the
2675 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2676 into your printer language.
2677 You can specify this program in the
2682 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2683 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2684 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2685 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2697 \begin_layout Subsection
2698 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2701 \begin_layout Standard
2715 files, while the later interfaces with
2719 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2722 \begin_layout Standard
2723 A quick note on both of these programs.
2724 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2728 \begin_layout Standard
2737 file, not the files used to make these.
2743 You can also force an update.
2744 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2746 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2750 \begin_layout Standard
2751 The LyX team recommends using
2755 for fine tuning documents.
2756 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2757 you can view the changes.
2761 \begin_layout Enumerate
2766 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2769 \begin_layout Enumerate
2770 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2773 \begin_layout Enumerate
2774 To view those changes, just choose
2779 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2784 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2792 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2803 \begin_layout Standard
2804 Now, this doesn't mean
2813 is better suited to those occasions where you
2817 view the PostScript version of the document.
2818 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2824 There is an alternative to
2828 which sports a much better interface:
2833 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2840 \begin_layout Section
2844 \begin_layout Standard
2847 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2848 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2849 printers set up for your system.
2850 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2855 as described in the last section.
2858 \begin_layout Standard
2861 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2862 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2864 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2865 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2868 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2869 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2870 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2889 \begin_layout Chapter
2893 \begin_layout Section
2897 \begin_layout Subsection
2901 \begin_layout Standard
2902 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2907 of document you want to edit.
2908 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2909 numbering schemes, and so on.
2910 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2911 and format the title of your document differently.
2914 \begin_layout Standard
2919 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2920 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2921 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2922 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2923 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2926 \begin_layout Standard
2927 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2928 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2931 \begin_layout Subsection
2932 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2933 name "sec:doc-classes"
2937 The Various Document Classes
2940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2944 \begin_layout Standard
2945 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2949 \begin_layout Description
2950 Article for basic articles
2953 \begin_layout Description
2954 Report for basic reports
2957 \begin_layout Description
2958 Book for writing a book
2961 \begin_layout Description
2962 Letter for US-style letters
2965 \begin_layout Description
2966 Slides is used to make transparencies
2969 \begin_layout Standard
2970 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2971 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2974 \begin_layout Description
2975 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2979 \begin_layout Description
2980 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2981 Mathematical Society].
2982 There are three amsart layouts available.
2983 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2987 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2988 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2989 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2994 sequential numbering
2995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2998 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2999 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
3000 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
3001 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
3004 \begin_layout Description
3005 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3006 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3007 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3008 that you would need to number results.
3011 \begin_layout Description
3012 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3015 \begin_layout Description
3016 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3021 \begin_layout Description
3022 Paper for use with the
3026 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3029 \begin_layout Description
3030 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3031 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3033 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3039 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3044 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3045 of the document classes.
3048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3052 \begin_layout Standard
3053 You can select a class using the
3060 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3066 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3070 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3074 \begin_layout Standard
3075 Each class has a default set of options.
3076 Here's a quick table describing them:
3079 \begin_layout Standard
3080 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3086 \begin_layout Standard
3088 \begin_inset Tabular
3089 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="5">
3091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3096 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Standard
3106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3109 \begin_layout Standard
3124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3127 \begin_layout Standard
3142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3163 \begin_layout Standard
3179 <row topline="true">
3180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3183 \begin_layout Standard
3197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3200 \begin_layout Standard
3215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3218 \begin_layout Standard
3233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3236 \begin_layout Standard
3251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3270 <row topline="true">
3271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3274 \begin_layout Standard
3288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3291 \begin_layout Standard
3306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3327 \begin_layout Standard
3342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3345 \begin_layout Standard
3361 <row topline="true">
3362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3365 \begin_layout Standard
3379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3382 \begin_layout Standard
3397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3418 \begin_layout Standard
3433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3452 <row topline="true">
3453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3456 \begin_layout Standard
3470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3491 \begin_layout Standard
3506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3527 \begin_layout Standard
3542 <row topline="true">
3543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3546 \begin_layout Standard
3560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3563 \begin_layout Standard
3578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3581 \begin_layout Standard
3596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3599 \begin_layout Standard
3614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3617 \begin_layout Standard
3633 <row topline="true">
3634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3637 \begin_layout Standard
3651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3672 \begin_layout Standard
3687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3690 \begin_layout Standard
3705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3708 \begin_layout Standard
3724 <row topline="true">
3725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3728 \begin_layout Standard
3742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3763 \begin_layout Standard
3778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3781 \begin_layout Standard
3796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3799 \begin_layout Standard
3814 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3853 \begin_layout Standard
3868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3912 \begin_layout Standard
3913 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3919 \begin_layout Standard
3920 There is no default value of
3929 for any of these classes.
3933 \begin_layout Standard
3934 You're probably also wondering what
3935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3944 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
3945 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3950 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3955 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
3965 headings, there are also
3973 headings, and so on.
3974 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3975 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3976 reference "sec:parenvheadings"
3983 \begin_layout Subsection
3984 Fine-tuning the Defaults
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3988 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
3989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4004 That's what this section is for.
4007 \begin_layout Labeling
4008 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4016 This is another list, containing five options.
4017 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4022 LaTeX does this part.
4031 \begin_layout Labeling
4032 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4037 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4040 \begin_layout Labeling
4041 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4046 No page numbers or headings.
4049 \begin_layout Labeling
4050 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4058 \begin_layout Labeling
4059 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4064 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4065 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4066 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4069 \begin_layout Labeling
4070 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4075 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4081 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4082 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4084 Check the documentation for the
4088 package for more details.
4092 \begin_layout Labeling
4093 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4098 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4099 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4105 have a printer that duplexes
4109 \begin_layout Standard
4111 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4116 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4117 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4121 \begin_layout Standard
4122 There are two radio buttons here:
4126 for single-sided documents,
4130 for double-sided documents.
4134 \begin_layout Labeling
4135 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4140 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4141 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4149 for the number of columns.
4154 \begin_layout Standard
4155 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4156 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4161 be two columns in the generated output.
4165 \begin_layout Labeling
4166 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4182 takes several options.
4183 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4184 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4185 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4186 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4190 \begin_layout Labeling
4191 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4196 This has its own section.
4199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4200 reference "sec:parindentintro"
4204 for a description of what this does.
4207 \begin_layout Subsection
4208 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There are several other options to set in the
4214 Document\InsetSpace ~
4218 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4219 affect certain features.
4220 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4221 features they affect.
4224 \begin_layout Standard
4225 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4226 we'll describe them here.
4227 You'll find them in the
4238 \begin_layout Labeling
4239 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4244 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4262 \begin_layout Labeling
4263 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4272 What size paper to print on.
4277 \begin_layout Itemize
4283 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 \begin_layout Itemize
4305 \begin_layout Itemize
4311 \begin_layout Itemize
4317 \begin_layout Itemize
4324 \begin_layout Standard
4325 Some of these settings require you to have the
4330 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4337 \begin_layout Subsection
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4347 That includes the paragraph environments.
4348 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4350 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4351 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4352 paragraph environments to
4356 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4357 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4358 the conversion and why it failed.
4361 \begin_layout Section
4362 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4365 \begin_layout Subsection
4367 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4368 name "sec:parindentintro"
4375 \begin_layout Standard
4376 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4377 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4380 \begin_layout Standard
4381 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4382 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4383 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4384 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4389 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4395 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4396 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4397 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4401 \begin_layout Standard
4402 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4403 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4408 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4417 \begin_layout Standard
4418 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4419 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4421 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4422 LyX takes care of that.
4423 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4425 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4426 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4427 of a page, and so on.
4431 \begin_layout Standard
4432 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4437 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4438 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4442 of these pre-coded spacings.
4443 We'll explain more later.
4446 \begin_layout Subsection
4447 Global Indentation Method
4450 \begin_layout Standard
4451 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4466 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4469 \begin_layout Subsection
4473 \begin_layout Standard
4474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4480 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4485 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4488 dialog and toggle the
4495 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4496 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4497 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4498 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4502 \begin_layout Standard
4503 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4504 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4505 Typically, you'll select
4520 for the entire document and edit away.
4523 \begin_layout Subsection
4524 Changing Line Spacing
4527 \begin_layout Standard
4533 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4540 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4547 \begin_layout Section
4548 Paragraph Environments
4549 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4550 name "sec:par-environments"
4557 \begin_layout Subsection
4561 \begin_layout Standard
4562 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4565 \begin_layout Standard
4589 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4590 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4591 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4600 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4603 \begin_layout Standard
4604 A paragraph environment is simply a
4605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4612 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4613 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4614 scheme, labels, and so on.
4615 Additionally, you can
4616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4623 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4624 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4625 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4626 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4627 days of typewriters.
4628 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4630 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4633 \begin_layout Standard
4634 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4636 LyX will change the environment of the
4640 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4641 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4642 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4646 \begin_layout Standard
4655 create a new paragraph using the
4659 paragraph environment.
4661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4668 because this isn't always the case.
4672 \begin_layout Standard
4673 If you are in one of these environments:
4677 \begin_layout Standard
4687 \begin_layout Standard
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4705 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 \begin_layout Itemize
4717 \begin_layout Standard
4721 \begin_layout Standard
4733 \begin_layout Itemize
4739 \begin_layout Itemize
4745 \begin_layout Standard
4749 \begin_layout Standard
4761 \begin_layout Itemize
4767 \begin_layout Itemize
4773 \begin_layout Standard
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4789 \begin_layout Itemize
4795 \begin_layout Standard
4799 \begin_layout Standard
4809 \begin_layout Standard
4810 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4814 , rather than resetting it to
4819 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4824 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4825 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4826 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4827 reference "sec:nest"
4832 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4837 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4838 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4846 \begin_layout Subsection
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4851 The default paragraph environment is
4856 It creates a plain paragraph.
4857 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4858 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4859 this manual] are in the
4866 \begin_layout Standard
4867 You can nest a paragraph using the
4871 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4879 \begin_layout Subsection
4883 \begin_layout Standard
4884 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4893 for thanks or contact information.
4894 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4895 page along with today's date.
4896 For other types of documents, the title
4897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4904 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4923 Here's how you use them:
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 Put the title of your document in the
4934 \begin_layout Itemize
4935 Put the author name in the
4942 \begin_layout Itemize
4943 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4944 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4950 Note that using this environment is optional.
4951 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4954 \begin_layout Standard
4955 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
4956 You can use footnotes to insert
4957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4964 or contact information.
4967 \begin_layout Subsection
4969 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4970 name "sec:parenvheadings"
4977 \begin_layout Standard
4978 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4979 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4980 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
4984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4988 \begin_layout Standard
4989 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
4990 \begin_inset Note Note
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 Why no mention of Part ?
5002 \begin_layout Enumerate
5008 \begin_layout Enumerate
5014 \begin_layout Enumerate
5020 \begin_layout Enumerate
5026 \begin_layout Enumerate
5032 \begin_layout Enumerate
5038 \begin_layout Standard
5039 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5040 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5041 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5042 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5043 You group the book into chapters.
5044 LyX does similar grouping:
5047 \begin_layout Itemize
5056 is the maximum sectioning level.
5059 \begin_layout Itemize
5071 \begin_layout Itemize
5083 \begin_layout Itemize
5095 \begin_layout Itemize
5107 \begin_layout Itemize
5119 \begin_layout Standard
5124 not all document types use the
5128 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5133 is the top-level heading.
5136 \begin_layout Standard
5141 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5142 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5144 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5156 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5161 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5165 \begin_layout Enumerate
5171 \begin_layout Enumerate
5177 \begin_layout Enumerate
5183 \begin_layout Standard
5185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5192 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5193 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5197 Changing the Numbering
5198 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5199 name "sub:section-depth"
5206 \begin_layout Standard
5207 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5208 in the Table of Contents.
5209 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5211 Certain classes start with
5225 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5235 This is something you can change.
5238 \begin_layout Standard
5244 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5252 You should see a counter labelled
5254 Section\InsetSpace ~
5263 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5265 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5266 here's a table of values and what they do:
5269 \begin_layout Standard
5270 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5276 \begin_layout Standard
5278 \begin_inset Tabular
5279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5283 <row topline="true">
5284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5287 \begin_layout Standard
5304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5307 \begin_layout Standard
5322 <row bottomline="true">
5323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5326 \begin_layout Standard
5340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5358 <row topline="true">
5359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5362 \begin_layout Standard
5376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5379 \begin_layout Standard
5388 no numbering of any kind
5394 <row topline="true">
5395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5398 \begin_layout Standard
5412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5415 \begin_layout Standard
5435 <row topline="true">
5436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5439 \begin_layout Standard
5453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5456 \begin_layout Standard
5472 <row topline="true">
5473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5476 \begin_layout Standard
5490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5493 \begin_layout Standard
5509 <row topline="true">
5510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5530 \begin_layout Standard
5546 <row topline="true">
5547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5587 <row topline="true">
5588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5591 \begin_layout Standard
5605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5608 \begin_layout Standard
5628 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5632 \begin_layout Standard
5646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5649 \begin_layout Standard
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5677 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5683 \begin_layout Standard
5684 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5692 will number parts and chapters, while
5693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5700 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5701 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5707 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5730 \begin_layout Standard
5731 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5735 contents\InsetSpace ~
5739 It works the same way as
5741 Section\InsetSpace ~
5742 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5745 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5747 This is a great control to have.
5748 Suppose you wanted to number
5752 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5764 s in the Table of Contents.
5767 Section\InsetSpace ~
5768 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5781 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5792 and voilà! You're all set.
5795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5800 The following information applies to
5839 \begin_layout Itemize
5840 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5843 \begin_layout Itemize
5844 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5847 \begin_layout Itemize
5848 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5852 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5855 \begin_layout Standard
5856 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5857 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5861 Creating an Appendix
5864 \begin_layout Standard
5865 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5866 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5871 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5879 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5883 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5884 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5885 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5888 \begin_layout Subsection
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5893 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5907 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5908 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5909 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5910 the text they contain.
5911 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5919 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5923 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5932 when you start a new paragraph.
5933 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5937 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5938 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5939 to change back to the
5943 environment yourself.
5946 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5956 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5964 \begin_layout Standard
5965 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5966 time for the differences.
5975 are identical except for one difference:
5979 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5988 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Here's an example of the
6005 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6007 See - no indentation!
6011 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6012 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6013 the other paragraph.
6016 \begin_layout Standard
6017 That ends that example.
6018 Here's another example, this time in the
6025 \begin_layout Quotation
6031 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6032 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6033 the first line, then
6037 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6041 you were quoting other text.
6044 \begin_layout Quotation
6045 Here's a new paragraph.
6046 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6047 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 That was our other example.
6052 As the example notes,
6056 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6057 They should put quotes in the
6062 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6066 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6073 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6081 \begin_layout Standard
6086 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6093 Which I did not rehearse!
6097 It could be much worse.
6098 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6100 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6101 indented a bit more than the first.
6102 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6109 And make things look fine
6118 \begin_layout Standard
6123 does not indent both margins.
6124 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6125 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6136 \begin_layout Subsection
6138 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6139 name "sec:parenvlists"
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6147 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6157 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6166 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6167 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6168 some general features of all four of them.
6171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6175 \begin_layout Standard
6176 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6178 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6187 reset the environment to
6191 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6192 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6193 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6198 to break paragraphs.
6201 \begin_layout Standard
6202 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6203 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6205 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6206 you read all of section
6207 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6208 reference "sec:nest"
6216 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6222 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6231 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6235 paragraph environment.
6236 It has the following properties:
6239 \begin_layout Itemize
6240 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6244 \begin_layout Itemize
6245 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6248 \begin_layout Itemize
6249 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6253 \begin_layout Itemize
6254 The items can be any length.
6255 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6256 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6263 \begin_layout Itemize
6268 environment inside another
6272 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6276 \begin_layout Itemize
6277 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6280 \begin_layout Itemize
6281 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6284 \begin_layout Itemize
6286 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6287 reference "sec:nest"
6291 for a full explanation of nesting.
6295 \begin_layout Standard
6296 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6305 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6308 \begin_layout Standard
6309 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6310 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6311 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6314 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 The label for the first level
6319 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6323 \begin_layout Itemize
6324 The label for the second level is a dash.
6328 \begin_layout Itemize
6329 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6333 \begin_layout Itemize
6334 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6338 \begin_layout Itemize
6339 Back out to the third level.
6343 \begin_layout Itemize
6344 Back to the second level.
6348 \begin_layout Itemize
6349 Back to the outermost level.
6352 \begin_layout Standard
6353 These are the default labels for an
6358 You can customize these labels in the
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6376 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6390 \begin_layout Standard
6391 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6392 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6394 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6395 reference "sec:nest"
6403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6409 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6410 name "sec:enumerate"
6417 \begin_layout Standard
6422 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6423 It has these properties:
6426 \begin_layout Enumerate
6427 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6431 \begin_layout Enumerate
6432 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6436 \begin_layout Enumerate
6437 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 environment resets the counter to one.
6448 \begin_layout Enumerate
6461 \begin_layout Enumerate
6462 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6463 Items can be any length.
6466 \begin_layout Enumerate
6467 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6470 \begin_layout Enumerate
6471 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6474 \begin_layout Enumerate
6475 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6492 show the different labels for each item.
6493 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6500 \begin_layout Enumerate
6501 The first level of an
6505 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6509 \begin_layout Enumerate
6510 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6514 \begin_layout Enumerate
6515 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6519 \begin_layout Enumerate
6520 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6523 \begin_layout Enumerate
6524 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6529 \begin_layout Enumerate
6530 Back to the third level
6534 \begin_layout Enumerate
6535 Back to the second level.
6539 \begin_layout Enumerate
6540 Back to the outermost level.
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6544 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6549 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6554 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6555 not on the LyX screen.
6558 \begin_layout Standard
6559 There is more to nesting
6563 environments than we've stated here.
6569 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6570 reference "sec:nest"
6574 to learn more about nesting.
6577 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6583 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6584 name "sec:descrlist"
6591 \begin_layout Standard
6592 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6596 list has no fixed label.
6597 Instead, LyX uses the first
6598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6605 of the first line as the label.
6609 \begin_layout Description
6610 Example: This is an example of the
6617 \begin_layout Standard
6618 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6622 \begin_layout Standard
6623 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6627 uses the first 'word'.
6628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6635 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6644 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6648 \begin_layout Standard
6649 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6654 environment? Simple: use a
6665 Special\InsetSpace ~
6670 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6675 otected\InsetSpace ~
6688 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6689 reference "sec:hspace"
6693 for more info.] Here's an example:
6696 \begin_layout Description
6698 Example: This one shows how to use a
6700 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6710 \begin_layout Description
6711 Usage: You should use the
6715 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6716 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6718 It's not a good idea to use a
6722 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6723 You're better off using
6735 paragraphs into them.
6738 \begin_layout Description
6739 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6743 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6747 \begin_layout Standard
6748 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6749 them from the first line.
6752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6758 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6766 \begin_layout Standard
6771 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6775 \begin_layout Standard
6776 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6777 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6778 reference "sec:itemize"
6783 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6784 reference "sec:descrlist"
6797 create numbered lists.
6802 does, and it's documented in section
6803 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6804 reference "sec:enumerate"
6812 \begin_layout Standard
6821 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6822 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6826 \begin_layout Labeling
6827 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6829 labels LyX uses the first
6830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6837 of each line as the item label.
6842 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6843 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6844 blank as described above.
6847 \begin_layout Labeling
6848 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6849 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6850 the body of the item text.
6851 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6852 label width plus a little extra space.
6856 \begin_layout Labeling
6857 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6859 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6860 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6861 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6869 into the first line.
6870 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6871 margin of the rest of the item text.
6874 \begin_layout Labeling
6875 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6876 default\InsetSpace ~
6877 width You can very easily set this default width.
6878 It's quite painless, actually.
6879 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6883 environment have the same left margin.
6886 \begin_layout Labeling
6887 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6888 uses You should use the
6892 environment the same way you'd use as
6896 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6902 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6906 \begin_layout Labeling
6907 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6908 nesting You can nest
6912 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6914 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6916 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6917 reference "sec:nest"
6921 to learn about nesting.
6924 \begin_layout Standard
6925 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6928 \begin_layout Standard
6929 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6931 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6935 item if you want to change only its label width.
6941 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6946 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
6960 box determines the default label width.
6961 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
6962 here, but you don't need to.
6963 We recommend using the letter
6964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6972 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
6973 The default label width in the example
6978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6994 as your unit of width in the
6999 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7005 every time you alter a label in a
7012 \begin_layout Standard
7013 There's yet another feature of the
7017 environment we need to tell you about.
7018 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7019 You can use additional
7023 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7029 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7030 reference "sec:hspace"
7035 Here are some examples:
7038 \begin_layout Labeling
7039 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7040 Left The default for
7047 \begin_layout Labeling
7048 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7055 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7058 \begin_layout Labeling
7059 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7068 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7071 \begin_layout Standard
7072 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7077 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7086 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7088 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7089 reference "sec:nest"
7093 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7096 \begin_layout Subsection
7100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7113 \begin_layout Standard
7114 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7125 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7126 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7127 In contrast, you can use the
7136 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7137 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7141 \begin_layout Standard
7142 Of course, you're not limited to using
7157 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7158 some European academic papers.
7161 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7163 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7164 name "sec:adress_usage"
7171 \begin_layout Standard
7176 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7177 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7183 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7184 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7185 Here's an example of each:
7188 \begin_layout Right Address
7195 When is it? What is today?
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7205 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7206 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7207 Here's an example of the
7214 \begin_layout Address
7217 Where do I send this
7219 Your post office and country
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 As you can see, both
7232 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7233 Speaking of which, if you hit
7237 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7243 This makes sense, however, since
7251 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7262 Special\InsetSpace ~
7267 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7281 menu] to start a new line in an
7293 \begin_layout Subsection
7297 \begin_layout Standard
7298 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7299 or list of references.
7300 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7303 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7309 \begin_layout Standard
7314 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7319 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7323 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7328 environment is only useful in the
7329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7344 document classes [as well as
7345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7352 which is just a specialized version of
7353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7369 document class ignores the
7373 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7388 \begin_layout Standard
7393 environment does several things for you.
7394 First, it puts the centered label
7395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7403 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7405 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7406 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7407 the subsequent text.
7408 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7409 If your document is in the
7410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7417 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7418 version of the file.
7421 \begin_layout Standard
7422 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7430 reset the paragraph environment.
7431 The new paragraph will still be in the
7436 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7437 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7441 We'd love to give you an example of the
7445 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7454 If you've never heard of an
7455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7462 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7465 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7471 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7472 name "sec:bibliography"
7479 \begin_layout Standard
7484 environment is used to list references.
7489 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7493 only use it at the end of the document.
7494 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7498 in anything else or vice versa.
7502 \begin_layout Standard
7503 When you first open a
7507 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7523 depending on the document class.
7524 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7525 Each paragraph of the
7529 environment is a bibliography entry.
7538 reset the paragraph environment.
7539 Each new paragraph is still in the
7546 \begin_layout Standard
7555 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7556 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7565 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7567 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7569 We could choose the key
7570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7578 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7581 \begin_layout Standard
7586 field isn't useless.
7587 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7592 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7600 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7601 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7602 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7607 appears at the end of this document.
7609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7613 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7619 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7621 key "latexcompanion"
7626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7629 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7630 In the second one, we used the
7639 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7664 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7665 of the bibliography entry.
7668 \begin_layout Standard
7669 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7671 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7673 Extended LyX Features
7678 \begin_layout Subsection
7682 \begin_layout Standard
7683 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7684 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7685 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7688 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7694 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7695 name "sec:captionlayout"
7702 \begin_layout Standard
7707 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7718 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7734 , depending on which type of
7739 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7744 You can't really nest things into a
7749 Additionally, hitting
7753 resets the paragraph environment to
7761 can only be a single paragraph.
7764 \begin_layout Standard
7769 environment outside of a
7781 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7782 reference "sec:figures"
7787 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7788 reference "sec:tables"
7792 for more information on
7806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7812 \begin_layout Standard
7817 environment is another LyX extension.
7818 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7823 key as a fixed whitespace;
7827 \begin_layout Standard
7838 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7841 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7846 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7847 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7869 reset the paragraph environment.
7870 So, when you finish using the
7874 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7883 environment inside of others.
7886 \begin_layout Standard
7887 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7890 \begin_layout Itemize
7895 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7907 \begin_layout Itemize
7920 \begin_layout Itemize
7925 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7932 \begin_layout Itemize
7941 \begin_layout Itemize
7942 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7943 You must put at least one
7947 in any line you want blank.
7948 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7951 \begin_layout Itemize
7952 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7956 since that will insert
7961 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7969 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
7972 \begin_layout Standard
7976 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7980 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7984 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7988 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7992 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7998 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8002 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8006 \begin_layout Standard
8007 This is just the standard
8008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8019 \begin_layout Standard
8024 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8025 rc-files, and so on.
8026 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8027 text as if you used a typewriter.
8030 \begin_layout Section
8031 Nesting Environments
8032 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8040 \begin_layout Subsection
8044 \begin_layout Standard
8045 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8049 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8051 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8052 reference "sec:nest"
8057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8060 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8063 \begin_layout Standard
8064 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8069 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8074 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8075 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8076 screen and bytes in memory.
8077 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8078 and specific properties.
8079 However, what if you wanted one
8080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8087 to inherit some of the properties of another
8088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8098 \begin_layout Standard
8099 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8100 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8101 In other words, you have a list
8105 of another list, with the inner list
8106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8116 \begin_layout Enumerate
8120 \begin_layout Enumerate
8125 \begin_layout Enumerate
8129 \begin_layout Enumerate
8134 \begin_layout Enumerate
8138 \begin_layout Standard
8139 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8140 you nest one list inside the other.
8144 \begin_layout Standard
8145 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8151 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8152 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8160 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8161 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8171 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8172 will tell you how far you are nested).
8175 \begin_layout Standard
8176 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8186 \begin_layout Standard
8197 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8204 to change the nesting level.
8205 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8206 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8210 \begin_layout Standard
8211 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8212 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8213 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8214 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8215 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8216 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8217 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8221 \begin_layout Standard
8222 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8223 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8225 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8228 \begin_layout Subsection
8229 What You Can and Can't Nest
8232 \begin_layout Standard
8233 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8234 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8237 \begin_layout Standard
8238 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8239 can you or can't you.
8240 There's also the question of how.
8241 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8242 environment into it? A
8243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8261 \begin_layout Standard
8262 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8264 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8265 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8266 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8268 There is one last type of environment.
8269 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8270 You can't nest anything into them.
8273 \begin_layout Standard
8274 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8275 environments have them:
8279 \begin_layout Standard
8280 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8289 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8301 into other environments.
8303 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8304 Then again, it may not.
8305 We don't know for certain.
8306 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8307 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8315 \begin_layout Description
8316 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8317 Can't nest into them.
8321 \begin_layout Itemize
8327 \begin_layout Itemize
8333 \begin_layout Itemize
8339 \begin_layout Itemize
8346 \begin_layout Description
8348 Nestable You can nest them.
8349 You can nest other things into them.
8353 \begin_layout Itemize
8359 \begin_layout Itemize
8365 \begin_layout Itemize
8371 \begin_layout Itemize
8377 \begin_layout Itemize
8383 \begin_layout Itemize
8389 \begin_layout Itemize
8395 \begin_layout Itemize
8401 \begin_layout Itemize
8408 \begin_layout Description
8409 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8410 You can't nest anything into them.
8414 \begin_layout Itemize
8420 \begin_layout Itemize
8426 \begin_layout Itemize
8434 \begin_layout Itemize
8440 \begin_layout Itemize
8446 \begin_layout Itemize
8454 \begin_layout Itemize
8460 \begin_layout Itemize
8466 \begin_layout Itemize
8472 \begin_layout Itemize
8478 \begin_layout Itemize
8484 \begin_layout Itemize
8490 \begin_layout Itemize
8496 \begin_layout Itemize
8503 \begin_layout Itemize
8509 \begin_layout Itemize
8516 \begin_layout Subsection
8517 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8518 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8519 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
8526 \begin_layout Standard
8527 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8528 affected by nesting anyhow.
8532 \begin_layout Itemize
8536 \begin_layout Itemize
8540 \begin_layout Itemize
8544 \begin_layout Standard
8545 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8549 , this is no longer true.
8550 See below or look in sections
8551 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8552 reference "sec:figures"
8557 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8558 reference "sec:tables"
8565 \begin_layout Standard
8566 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8567 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8568 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8572 \begin_layout Standard
8573 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8581 of its own, it behaves just like a
8582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8589 paragraph environment.
8590 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8595 Here's an example with a table:
8598 \begin_layout Enumerate
8603 \begin_layout Enumerate
8604 This is (a) and it's nested.
8608 \begin_layout Standard
8609 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8617 \begin_inset Tabular
8618 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8622 <row topline="true">
8623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8626 \begin_layout Standard
8641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8644 \begin_layout Standard
8660 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8664 \begin_layout Standard
8679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8713 \begin_layout Enumerate
8715 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8719 \begin_layout Enumerate
8723 \begin_layout Standard
8724 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8727 \begin_layout Enumerate
8732 \begin_layout Enumerate
8733 This is (a) and it's nested.
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8738 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8744 \begin_layout Standard
8746 \begin_inset Tabular
8747 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8749 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8751 <row topline="true">
8752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8755 \begin_layout Standard
8770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8773 \begin_layout Standard
8789 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Standard
8808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8834 \begin_layout Standard
8835 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8841 \begin_layout Enumerate
8848 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8851 \begin_layout Enumerate
8855 \begin_layout Standard
8856 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8860 \begin_layout Standard
8861 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8863 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8866 \begin_layout Enumerate
8871 \begin_layout Enumerate
8872 This is (a) and it's nested.
8875 \begin_layout Standard
8876 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8882 \begin_layout Standard
8884 \begin_inset Tabular
8885 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8889 <row topline="true">
8890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8893 \begin_layout Standard
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Standard
8927 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8931 \begin_layout Standard
8946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8949 \begin_layout Standard
8972 \begin_layout Standard
8973 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8979 \begin_layout Enumerate
8981 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8989 \begin_layout Enumerate
8993 \begin_layout Standard
8994 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9000 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9001 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 Then there are the so-called
9015 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9016 have a fixed location.
9018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9025 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9046 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9050 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9056 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9057 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9060 \begin_layout Subsection
9061 Usage and General Features
9064 \begin_layout Standard
9065 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9074 is the innermost possible depth.
9075 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9078 \begin_layout Enumerate
9079 level #1 - outermost
9083 \begin_layout Enumerate
9088 \begin_layout Enumerate
9093 \begin_layout Enumerate
9098 \begin_layout Itemize
9103 \begin_layout Itemize
9112 \begin_layout Standard
9113 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9114 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9120 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9121 to produce output for your document.
9126 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9134 environment, and so on.
9135 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9138 \begin_layout Standard
9139 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9140 both of them in the example.
9141 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9151 For example, if we tried to nest another
9156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9167 \begin_layout Standard
9168 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9169 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9170 to produce output for your document.
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9179 In case that you want to start a new list immediately after a list, or consecuti
9180 ve definitions, proofs etc, you can use the
9184 environment to separate them.
9188 \begin_layout Enumerate
9192 \begin_layout --Separator--
9196 \begin_layout Enumerate
9201 \begin_layout Enumerate
9205 \begin_layout --Separator--
9209 \begin_layout Enumerate
9210 nested another item1
9214 \begin_layout Subsection
9218 \begin_layout Standard
9219 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9220 We have several examples of nested environments.
9221 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9225 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9226 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9229 \begin_layout Labeling
9230 \labelwidthstring MMM
9231 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9240 \begin_layout Labeling
9241 \labelwidthstring MMM
9242 #2-a This is level #2.
9243 We created it by using
9256 \begin_layout Labeling
9257 \labelwidthstring MMM
9258 #3-a This is level #3.
9259 This time, we just hit
9269 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9288 environment, nested inside of
9289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9297 So, it's at level #4.
9298 We did this by hitting
9307 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9312 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9328 \begin_layout Standard
9333 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9340 \begin_layout Labeling
9341 \labelwidthstring MMM
9342 #4-a This is level #4.
9347 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9352 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9356 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9361 keep nesting things inside of
9362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9373 \begin_layout Labeling
9374 \labelwidthstring MMM
9375 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9380 \begin_layout Labeling
9381 \labelwidthstring MMM
9382 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9383 and this is level #6.
9384 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9388 \begin_layout Labeling
9389 \labelwidthstring MMM
9390 #5-b Back to level #5.
9404 \begin_layout Labeling
9405 \labelwidthstring MMM
9415 , we're back at level #4.
9419 \begin_layout Labeling
9420 \labelwidthstring MMM
9421 #3-b Back to level #3.
9422 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9426 \begin_layout Labeling
9427 \labelwidthstring MMM
9428 #2-b Back to level #2.
9433 \begin_layout Labeling
9434 \labelwidthstring MMM
9435 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9436 After this sentence, we'll hit
9440 and change the paragraph environment back to
9447 \begin_layout Standard
9448 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9464 environment in place of the
9469 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9473 Example #2: Inheritance
9476 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9477 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9480 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9490 , after which, we'll change to the
9498 \begin_layout Enumerate
9503 environment, at level #2.
9506 \begin_layout Enumerate
9507 Notice how the nested
9511 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9515 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9519 \begin_layout Standard
9520 We ended this example by hitting
9525 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9529 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9537 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9538 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9550 \begin_layout Standard
9551 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9559 \begin_layout Enumerate
9560 This is level #1, in an
9564 paragraph environment.
9565 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9569 \begin_layout Enumerate
9581 Now, what happens if we nest an
9585 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9586 label be? An asterisk?
9590 \begin_layout Itemize
9600 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9601 So, its label is a bullet.
9602 [Note: we got here by using
9611 , then changing the environment to
9619 \begin_layout Itemize
9620 Here's level #4, produced using
9630 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9635 \begin_layout Enumerate
9636 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9638 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9643 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9671 \begin_layout Enumerate
9676 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9677 type of numbering does LyX use?
9680 \begin_layout Enumerate
9681 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9685 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9688 \begin_layout Enumerate
9694 to decrease the depth after the next
9702 \begin_layout Enumerate
9704 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9708 \begin_layout Enumerate
9710 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9711 numeral as the label.
9715 \begin_layout Enumerate
9716 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9725 Notice, however, that LyX
9729 reset the counter for the label.
9733 \begin_layout Enumerate
9743 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9744 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9745 into the twofold-nested
9753 \begin_layout Enumerate
9754 The same thing happens if we do another
9763 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9767 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9772 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9796 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9801 The same rule applies for the
9805 environment, as well.
9808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9809 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9812 \begin_layout Enumerate
9813 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9814 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9815 same detail with how we did it.
9824 \begin_layout Standard
9827 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9830 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9831 example in brackets someplace.
9832 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9833 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9834 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9838 \begin_layout Enumerate
9843 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9848 Now we'll add verse.
9850 It will get much worse.
9854 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9861 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9863 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9873 Here comes a table for you:
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9878 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9884 \begin_layout Standard
9886 \begin_inset Tabular
9887 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9895 \begin_layout Standard
9910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9929 <row topline="true">
9930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9978 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9983 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9990 \begin_layout Enumerate
9995 : level #1] This is another item.
9996 Note that selecting a
10000 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10001 3 times to put the table inside the
10009 \begin_layout Quotation
10010 We're now ending the
10014 list and changing to
10019 We're still at level #1.
10020 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10021 The next set of paragraphs is a
10022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10029 We'll nest both the
10038 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10042 for the letter body.
10047 to preserve the depth.
10048 Remember that you need to use
10052 to create multiple lines inside the
10066 \begin_layout Right Address
10069 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10074 \begin_layout Address
10075 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10079 \begin_layout Quotation
10080 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10081 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10082 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10083 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10084 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10085 as soon as possible.
10086 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10089 \begin_layout Quotation
10090 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10091 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10092 with your order, along with payment.
10095 \begin_layout Quotation
10096 We thank you again for your patience.
10099 \begin_layout Address
10106 \begin_layout Quotation
10107 That ends that example!
10110 \begin_layout Standard
10111 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10112 just a few keystrokes.
10113 We could have easily nested an
10134 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10137 \begin_layout Section
10138 Fonts and Text Styles
10141 \begin_layout Subsection
10145 \begin_layout Standard
10146 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10147 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10148 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10149 font to emphasize text, you use an
10150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10158 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10159 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10164 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10178 style corresponds to an italics font.
10183 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10184 styles use to typeset proper names.
10185 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10186 1.4) introduced true character
10187 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10189 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10190 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10194 \begin_layout Subsection
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10199 You can set the default font from the
10204 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10216 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10217 your document fonts.
10218 The most important ones are those in the
10227 The possible options under
10232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10243 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10265 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10266 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10268 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10281 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10282 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10299 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10300 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10301 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10302 if a font is not installed).
10303 Please have a look at
10308 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10315 about where to get the fonts.
10316 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10317 a new font to common operation systems.
10318 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10321 \begin_layout Standard
10322 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10323 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10325 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10327 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10348 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10355 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10357 reference "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10364 Default\InsetSpace ~
10367 option lets you change this.
10368 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10391 Default\InsetSpace ~
10397 \begin_layout Standard
10407 group, you can usually select from four possible
10424 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10425 Remember, this is the
10430 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10431 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10432 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10434 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10435 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10438 \begin_layout Standard
10439 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10440 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10441 height than the Roman Font.
10442 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10445 \begin_layout Standard
10450 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10458 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10467 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10472 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10473 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10474 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10487 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10488 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10490 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10492 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10494 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10495 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10496 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10497 Note that math figures are
10501 affected by this choice.
10504 \begin_layout Standard
10505 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10506 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10507 are not set up correctly.
10510 \begin_layout Standard
10511 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10532 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10533 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10534 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10535 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10536 is just a representation of
10537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10549 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10556 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10559 \begin_layout Subsection
10560 Using Different Character Styles
10563 \begin_layout Standard
10564 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10565 certain paragraph environments.
10566 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10575 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10584 style, do one of the following:
10587 \begin_layout Itemize
10588 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10591 \begin_layout Itemize
10598 \begin_layout Standard
10599 These commands are all toggles.
10604 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10607 \begin_layout Standard
10608 One typically uses the
10612 style for proper names.
10614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10621 is the original author of LyX.
10622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10628 \begin_layout Standard
10629 A more widely used character style is the
10634 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10641 \begin_layout Itemize
10642 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10653 \begin_layout Itemize
10654 using the keybindings
10660 \begin_layout Standard
10665 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10666 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 We've been using the
10674 style all over the place in this document.
10675 Here's one more example:
10678 \begin_layout Quotation
10681 Don't overuse character styles!
10684 \begin_layout Standard
10685 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10686 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10687 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10688 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10692 \begin_layout Standard
10693 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10702 \begin_layout Subsection
10703 Fine-Tuning with the
10708 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10709 name "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10716 \begin_layout Standard
10717 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10718 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10719 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10720 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10724 \begin_layout Standard
10729 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10730 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10735 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10736 from ordinary dialogue.
10739 \begin_layout Standard
10740 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10741 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10742 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10743 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10744 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10749 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10754 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10755 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10758 \begin_layout Standard
10759 Enough complaining.
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10763 To use custom fonts, open the
10768 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10777 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10778 font property which you can choose.
10779 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10784 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10789 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10791 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10792 environments in a snap.
10795 \begin_layout Standard
10796 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10808 \begin_layout Labeling
10809 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10826 The possible options are:
10830 \begin_layout Labeling
10831 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10836 This is the Roman font family.
10840 \begin_layout Standard
10841 It's also the default family.
10851 \begin_layout Labeling
10852 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10860 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10864 \begin_layout Standard
10874 \begin_layout Labeling
10875 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10882 This is the Typewriter font family.
10886 \begin_layout Standard
10897 \begin_layout Labeling
10898 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10906 This corresponds to the print weight.
10911 \begin_layout Labeling
10912 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10917 This is the Medium font series.
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 It's also the default series.
10926 \begin_layout Labeling
10927 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10934 This is the Bold font series.
10938 \begin_layout Standard
10939 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10949 \begin_layout Labeling
10950 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10959 As the name implies.
10964 \begin_layout Labeling
10965 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10970 This is the Upright font shape.
10974 \begin_layout Standard
10975 It's also the default shape.
10979 \begin_layout Labeling
10980 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10994 s the Italic font shape
11000 \begin_layout Labeling
11001 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11008 This is the Slanted font shape
11010 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11013 \begin_layout Labeling
11014 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11022 This is the Small caps font shape
11029 \begin_layout Labeling
11030 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11039 Alters the size of the font.
11040 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11041 nal to the default font size.
11042 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11043 what you want to do.
11047 \begin_layout Standard
11048 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11051 \begin_layout Labeling
11052 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11071 \begin_layout Standard
11086 \begin_layout Labeling
11087 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11116 \begin_layout Labeling
11117 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11136 \begin_layout Standard
11151 \begin_layout Labeling
11152 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11171 \begin_layout Standard
11186 \begin_layout Labeling
11187 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11204 \begin_layout Standard
11205 It's also the default size.
11220 \begin_layout Labeling
11221 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11240 \begin_layout Standard
11255 \begin_layout Labeling
11256 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11290 \begin_layout Labeling
11291 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11310 \begin_layout Standard
11320 \begin_layout Labeling
11321 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11340 \begin_layout Standard
11355 \begin_layout Labeling
11356 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11375 \begin_layout Standard
11390 \begin_layout Standard
11395 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11396 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11397 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11398 - use that instead.
11399 This is here for fine-tuning
11405 \begin_layout Labeling
11406 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11414 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11419 \begin_layout Labeling
11420 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11427 This is text with emphasize on
11433 \begin_layout Standard
11434 This might seem like the same as
11438 , but it is actually a bit different.
11439 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11440 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11449 \begin_layout Labeling
11450 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11457 This is text with Underbar on.
11461 \begin_layout Standard
11471 \begin_layout Labeling
11472 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11479 This is text with Noun on.
11483 \begin_layout Standard
11488 , this is a logical attribute.
11489 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11494 , but that is bound to change some day.
11498 \begin_layout Standard
11499 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11500 when you couldn't change fonts.
11501 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11502 an underscore character.
11503 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11508 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11509 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11514 \begin_layout Labeling
11515 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11520 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11521 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11526 LaTeX package installed.
11531 is not able to display these colors.
11537 , which is the standard
11538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11545 , you can choose between
11580 \begin_layout Labeling
11581 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11586 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11587 the language of the document.
11588 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11591 \begin_layout Standard
11592 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11595 \begin_layout Standard
11596 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11601 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11609 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11625 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11626 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11630 \begin_layout Standard
11631 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11638 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11639 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11657 Toggle on all these
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11671 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11673 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11675 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11678 \begin_layout Section
11679 Printing and Previewing
11682 \begin_layout Subsection
11686 \begin_layout Standard
11687 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11688 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11689 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11690 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11691 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11698 \begin_layout Standard
11699 LyX uses a program called
11700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11708 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11709 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11717 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11718 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11719 This happens in a couple of stages:
11722 \begin_layout Enumerate
11723 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11724 generating a file with the extension,
11725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11740 \begin_layout Enumerate
11741 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11745 file to produce printable output.
11746 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11747 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11751 file, or DVI for short.
11752 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11765 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11766 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11770 \begin_layout Description
11771 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11772 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11773 be a link to these files.
11774 So don't forget these files if you move your
11778 file to another computer.
11782 \begin_layout Enumerate
11788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11795 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11799 \begin_layout Enumerate
11804 files using a program called
11811 \begin_layout Enumerate
11812 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11819 \begin_layout Enumerate
11820 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11821 LyX automatically converts the
11825 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11826 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11835 \begin_layout Standard
11836 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11841 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11842 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11843 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11844 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11850 \begin_layout Standard
11851 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11854 \begin_layout Standard
11855 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11856 preview of your document.
11857 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11859 The printed result is worth the wait.
11860 Quality always has its price.
11863 \begin_layout Subsection
11864 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11867 \begin_layout Standard
11868 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11869 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11874 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11885 \begin_layout Standard
11886 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11892 You can now look at the results.
11893 [If you want more info on the
11904 \begin_layout Description
11905 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11909 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11910 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11915 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11920 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11937 program will automatically reread the
11941 file and give you an updated view.
11944 \begin_layout Subsection
11945 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11948 \begin_layout Standard
11953 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11954 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11955 One reason is fonts.
11959 \begin_layout Standard
11964 : Another reason is paranoia.
11965 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11966 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11972 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11981 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11984 \begin_layout Standard
11985 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12001 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12007 You can now look at the results.
12010 \begin_layout Standard
12011 You've guessed what the
12016 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12030 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12034 window after this command to update the view.
12037 \begin_layout Subsection
12041 \begin_layout Standard
12042 To print a file, select
12056 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12064 \begin_layout Standard
12065 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12066 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12067 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12068 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12069 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12070 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 You can set the parameters in the
12081 \begin_layout Labeling
12082 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12090 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12094 \begin_layout Standard
12095 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12108 has to be configured for this printer name.
12110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12111 reference "sec:dvipsconfig"
12119 documentation for details.
12120 The default printer can also be set in
12129 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12132 \begin_layout Labeling
12133 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12141 The name of a file to print to.
12142 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12144 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12145 specify the full path.
12148 \begin_layout Standard
12149 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12153 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12157 have to process your document.
12160 \begin_layout Section
12161 A Few Words about Typography
12164 \begin_layout Subsection
12165 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12166 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12174 \begin_layout Standard
12176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12187 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12202 \begin_layout Enumerate
12208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12222 \begin_layout Enumerate
12228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12237 \begin_layout Standard
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12255 \begin_layout Enumerate
12261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12270 \begin_layout Standard
12283 \begin_layout Standard
12295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 \begin_layout Enumerate
12305 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12325 \begin_layout Standard
12326 You generate these by using the
12327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12338 character multiple times in a row.
12339 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12343 \begin_layout Standard
12344 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12345 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12346 Here are some examples of the
12347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12361 \begin_layout Enumerate
12362 line- and page-breaks
12371 \begin_layout Enumerate
12381 \begin_layout Enumerate
12382 Oh --- there's a dash.
12391 \begin_layout Enumerate
12392 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12404 \begin_layout Standard
12405 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12406 there is one in the printed version.
12409 \begin_layout Standard
12410 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12411 inserts hyphens in English text.
12412 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12415 \begin_layout Standard
12416 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12422 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12426 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12429 \begin_layout Quote
12432 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12433 nohyphenation, loaded.
12436 \begin_layout Standard
12437 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12438 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12446 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12454 the relevant line in a file typically named
12459 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12462 \begin_layout Standard
12463 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12467 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12469 This is done with the menu item
12471 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12480 Special\InsetSpace ~
12495 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12496 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12499 \begin_layout Subsection
12503 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12504 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12505 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12513 \begin_layout Standard
12514 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12515 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12516 LaTeX then adds the
12517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12520 appropriate amount of space
12521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12524 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12526 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12529 \begin_layout Standard
12530 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12531 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12544 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12545 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12548 \begin_layout Standard
12549 Here are some examples of
12553 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12556 \begin_layout Itemize
12561 \begin_layout Itemize
12566 \begin_layout Standard
12567 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12568 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12571 \begin_layout Itemize
12574 this is too much space!
12577 \begin_layout Itemize
12582 \begin_layout Standard
12583 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12586 \begin_layout Standard
12587 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12590 \begin_layout Enumerate
12593 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12596 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12598 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12599 reference "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
12606 \begin_layout Enumerate
12612 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12614 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12615 reference "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
12622 \begin_layout Enumerate
12627 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12635 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12640 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12643 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12644 This function is also bound to
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12655 \begin_layout Itemize
12656 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12657 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12658 this is too much space!
12661 \begin_layout Itemize
12662 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12666 \begin_layout Standard
12667 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12668 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12670 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12676 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12684 feature described in
12691 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12693 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12701 \begin_layout Standard
12702 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12703 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12704 and use a closing quote at the end.
12706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12714 The keyboard character,
12718 , generates this automatically.
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12724 New in version 1.4:
12726 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12731 This produces quotation marks like this:
12732 \begin_inset Quotes els
12738 \begin_layout Standard
12739 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12747 There are six choices:
12750 \begin_layout Labeling
12751 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12763 Use quotes like this
12764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12772 \begin_inset Quotes els
12776 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12782 \begin_layout Labeling
12783 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12786 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12790 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12796 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12800 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12804 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12810 \begin_layout Labeling
12811 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12814 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12818 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12824 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12828 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12832 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12836 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12842 \begin_layout Labeling
12843 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12846 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12850 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12856 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12860 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12864 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12868 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12874 \begin_layout Labeling
12875 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12878 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12882 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12888 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12892 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12896 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12900 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12906 \begin_layout Labeling
12907 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12910 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12914 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12920 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12924 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12928 \begin_inset Quotes als
12932 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 Again, this affects what character the
12946 \begin_layout Standard
12947 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12960 \begin_layout Subsection
12962 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12963 name "sec:ligatures"
12970 \begin_layout Standard
12971 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12972 print them as single characters.
12973 These groups are known as
12978 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12980 Here are the possible ligatures:
12983 \begin_layout Itemize
12987 \begin_layout Itemize
12991 \begin_layout Itemize
12995 \begin_layout Itemize
12999 \begin_layout Itemize
13003 \begin_layout Standard
13004 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13005 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13013 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13029 To break a ligature, use
13034 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13035 Special\InsetSpace ~
13042 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13045 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13061 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13078 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13086 \begin_layout Subsection
13088 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13096 \begin_layout Standard
13097 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13099 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13100 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13101 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13102 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13103 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13104 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13115 \begin_layout Standard
13116 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13117 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13118 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13119 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13120 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13121 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13122 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13125 \begin_layout Standard
13126 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13127 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13128 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13130 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13131 key "latexcompanion"
13137 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13142 ] may have more information.
13143 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13146 \begin_layout Chapter
13147 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13148 \begin_inset OptArg
13151 \begin_layout Standard
13152 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13160 \begin_layout Section
13164 \begin_layout Standard
13165 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13173 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13174 somewhere else in your text.
13175 When you insert a footnote with
13184 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13222 appearing within your text.
13223 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13224 You can enter your text into this box.
13226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13245 label, the box will
13246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13258 Clicking on the button again will
13263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13274 \begin_layout Standard
13275 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13280 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13281 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13282 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13283 when it processes your file.
13284 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13285 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13286 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13291 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13295 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13300 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13301 (this works for all
13302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 \begin_layout Standard
13313 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13314 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13328 document class or changing the counter
13333 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13341 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13362 \begin_layout Description
13363 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13365 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13366 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13368 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13372 \begin_layout Section
13376 \begin_layout Standard
13377 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13378 When you insert a margin note via
13384 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13400 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13401 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13424 appearing within your text.
13425 \begin_inset Marginal
13428 \begin_layout Standard
13429 This is a margin note.
13434 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13435 You can enter your text into this box.
13437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13450 label, the box will
13451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13459 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13476 \begin_layout Standard
13477 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13479 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13480 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13481 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13485 \begin_layout Section
13486 Figures and Imported Graphics
13487 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13497 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13498 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13499 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13503 \begin_layout Standard
13504 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13505 in the document you place them.
13506 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13509 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13516 \begin_layout Standard
13517 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13518 on the toolbar, or select
13523 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13534 \begin_layout Standard
13535 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13536 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13539 \begin_layout Standard
13541 \begin_inset Graphics
13542 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13545 scaleBeforeRotation
13546 rotateOrigin center
13553 \begin_layout Standard
13554 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13559 field allows you to choose your image file.
13561 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13562 reference "sub:How-it-works"
13566 for information on supported formats.) The figure can be transformed by
13567 setting a rotation angle, setting the output size, and clipping the image.
13568 It is possible to set the clipping parameters automatically for some image
13569 formats by clicking the
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13573 Clip to bounding box
13574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13577 check box under the
13582 For scaling, you can set the scale directly by using a percentage value,
13583 or you can set the width and height explicitly.
13585 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13586 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
13590 for the available units.) If you set only one of these, the other will be
13591 determined automatically.
13592 If you set both, then the image will be transformed to the given size,
13593 possibly distorting it.
13594 If you do not want the image distorted, check the
13596 Maintain aspect ratio
13599 The image will then be scaled so that its width and height do not exceed
13600 the specified dimensions.
13603 \begin_layout Standard
13604 It is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and the display
13605 in the final document separately, which can be very useful for large figures.
13606 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13608 LaTeX and LyX Options
13611 You can also set the
13615 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13617 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13618 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13623 See the documentation for the LaTeX-package
13627 for more information.
13630 \begin_layout Subsection
13632 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13633 name "sub:How-it-works"
13640 \begin_layout Standard
13641 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13642 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13643 target output format can be created.
13644 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13646 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13653 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 \begin_inset Float table
13663 \begin_layout Standard
13664 \begin_inset Caption
13666 \begin_layout Standard
13667 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13668 name "cap:Units-for-image"
13672 Units for setting the image size
13680 \begin_layout Standard
13681 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13687 \begin_layout Standard
13689 \begin_inset Tabular
13690 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13694 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13714 <row topline="true">
13715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13734 <row topline="true">
13735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13738 \begin_layout Standard
13744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13754 <row topline="true">
13755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13774 <row topline="true">
13775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13788 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13795 <row topline="true">
13796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13799 \begin_layout Standard
13805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13808 \begin_layout Standard
13809 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13810 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13817 <row topline="true">
13818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13830 \begin_layout Standard
13831 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13832 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13839 <row topline="true">
13840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13843 \begin_layout Standard
13849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13852 \begin_layout Standard
13853 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13854 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13861 <row topline="true">
13862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13865 \begin_layout Standard
13871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 didot (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13877 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13880 0.376\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13887 <row topline="true">
13888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13900 \begin_layout Standard
13901 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13902 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13909 <row topline="true">
13910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13922 \begin_layout Standard
13923 % of original image width
13929 <row topline="true">
13930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13933 \begin_layout Standard
13939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13942 \begin_layout Standard
13949 <row topline="true">
13950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13953 \begin_layout Standard
13959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13962 \begin_layout Standard
13969 <row topline="true">
13970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13973 \begin_layout Standard
13979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13982 \begin_layout Standard
13989 <row topline="true">
13990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13993 \begin_layout Standard
13999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14002 \begin_layout Standard
14009 <row topline="true">
14010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14022 \begin_layout Standard
14029 <row topline="true">
14030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14033 \begin_layout Standard
14039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14049 <row topline="true">
14050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14053 \begin_layout Standard
14059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14062 \begin_layout Standard
14073 <row topline="true">
14074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14077 \begin_layout Standard
14083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14086 \begin_layout Standard
14097 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14101 \begin_layout Standard
14107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14110 \begin_layout Standard
14111 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14112 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14133 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14134 figures themselves.
14135 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14168 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14181 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14182 loadable graphics format.
14185 \begin_layout Standard
14186 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14198 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14207 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14208 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14209 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14214 If, after all that, LyX
14218 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14222 Error converting to loadable format
14223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14226 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14227 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14228 list of known converters.
14231 \begin_layout Standard
14232 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14233 when generating the final document.
14234 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14235 in PostScript® format.
14236 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14249 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14252 \begin_layout Subsection
14256 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14257 Using Figure Floats
14258 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14259 name "sec:figurefloats"
14266 \begin_layout Standard
14267 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14268 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14269 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14270 it preferable to use
14272 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14275 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14276 deems necessary for a good fit.
14277 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14278 place a caption on them, using the
14282 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14285 reference "sec:captionlayout"
14292 \begin_layout Standard
14295 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14303 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14308 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14312 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14313 above to insert the actual figure.
14316 \begin_layout Standard
14317 \begin_inset Float figure
14323 \begin_layout Standard
14324 \begin_inset Caption
14326 \begin_layout Standard
14327 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14341 \begin_layout Standard
14343 \begin_inset Graphics
14344 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
14346 scaleBeforeRotation
14347 rotateOrigin center
14359 \begin_layout Standard
14360 \begin_inset Float figure
14366 \begin_layout Standard
14368 \begin_inset Graphics
14369 filename clipart/platypus.eps
14371 scaleBeforeRotation
14372 rotateOrigin center
14379 \begin_layout Standard
14380 \begin_inset Caption
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14383 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14384 name "fig:kill-plat"
14388 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14401 \begin_layout Standard
14402 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14404 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14405 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14406 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14407 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14411 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14412 This is what we did for figure
14413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14414 reference "fig:kill-plat"
14419 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14423 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14424 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14425 reference "fig:escher"
14430 It is preferred to use one
14439 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14442 \begin_layout Standard
14443 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14444 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14445 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14446 reference "sec:float-locn"
14456 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14457 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14461 \begin_layout Standard
14462 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14463 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14464 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14465 reference "sec:crossref"
14469 you can simply insert a
14476 in the caption and refer to it using a
14485 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14486 using vague references to
14487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14494 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14504 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14505 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14507 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14510 \begin_layout Standard
14511 Note that the caption is used in a
14521 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14523 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14524 reference "sec:ListsOf"
14528 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14533 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14534 name "sec:float-locn"
14541 \begin_layout Standard
14542 Now, the whole idea behind
14544 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14552 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14553 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14554 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14555 for the exact details.
14556 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14558 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14559 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14564 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14577 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14578 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14586 \begin_layout Itemize
14596 \begin_layout Itemize
14606 \begin_layout Itemize
14616 \begin_layout Itemize
14626 \begin_layout Standard
14627 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14630 \begin_layout Description
14631 Here: LyX tries to put the
14635 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14639 \begin_layout Standard
14640 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14644 \begin_layout Description
14645 Top: LyX tries to put the
14649 at the top of the current page.
14650 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14653 \begin_layout Description
14654 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14658 at the bottom of the current page.
14659 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14662 \begin_layout Description
14663 Page: LyX tries to put the
14671 s) on a page of its own.
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14675 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14676 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14677 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14689 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14690 The default placement list is
14691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14702 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14703 on a page by itself.
14704 If you want LyX to try
14705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14726 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14729 \begin_layout Enumerate
14736 \begin_layout Standard
14737 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14738 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14739 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14743 \begin_layout Enumerate
14750 \begin_layout Standard
14751 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14752 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14756 \begin_layout Enumerate
14763 \begin_layout Standard
14764 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14765 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14769 \begin_layout Enumerate
14776 \begin_layout Standard
14777 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14781 \begin_layout Subsection
14785 \begin_layout Standard
14786 One obvious question is
14787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14790 how would I create the figures?
14791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14794 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14799 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14800 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14804 there are several ways.
14805 We recommend the following:
14808 \begin_layout Enumerate
14809 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14810 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14812 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14814 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14815 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14816 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14817 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14818 EPS figure, as described above.
14823 \begin_layout Standard
14824 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14826 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14827 the next way is recommended.
14831 \begin_layout Enumerate
14832 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14833 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14834 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14835 Therefore you have to set the
14840 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14846 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14857 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14860 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14865 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14873 (see description in
14877 ) this text will appear as
14878 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14886 \begin_layout Standard
14887 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14888 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14889 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14890 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14891 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14895 \begin_layout Enumerate
14896 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14905 , really] will generate two files:
14909 \begin_layout Enumerate
14910 the PostScript part
14914 , that contains all painting.
14917 \begin_layout Enumerate
14922 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14926 \begin_layout Standard
14927 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14928 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14933 If you get an error like
14934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14937 unknown graphics extension pstex
14938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14941 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14946 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14947 Simply add a line like
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14955 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14958 \begin_layout Standard
14961 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14976 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14979 \begin_layout Standard
14980 This should fix the whole thing.
14981 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14985 and change the LaTeX part
14990 But this is annoying.
14996 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14997 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14998 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14999 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
15000 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
15004 \begin_layout Section
15006 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15015 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
15016 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
15017 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
15020 \begin_layout Standard
15021 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
15026 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15034 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15035 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
15036 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
15037 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
15038 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
15039 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15045 \begin_inset Tabular
15046 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15048 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15050 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15052 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15056 \begin_layout Standard
15062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15065 \begin_layout Standard
15080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15101 \begin_layout Standard
15117 <row topline="true">
15118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15121 \begin_layout Standard
15136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15139 \begin_layout Standard
15145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15157 \begin_layout Standard
15164 <row topline="true">
15165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15192 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15195 \begin_layout Standard
15210 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Standard
15220 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15251 \begin_layout Standard
15257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15274 \begin_layout Subsection
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15279 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15280 brings up a settings dialog.
15281 Among these options are:
15284 \begin_layout Itemize
15285 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15286 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15287 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15288 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15289 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15290 row in the example above.
15291 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15292 the left line of the column to the right.
15295 \begin_layout Itemize
15296 Text alignment in a column
15299 \begin_layout Itemize
15300 Appending rows and columns
15303 \begin_layout Itemize
15304 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15307 \begin_layout Itemize
15311 \begin_layout Itemize
15312 Setting a fixed width for a column
15315 \begin_layout Itemize
15316 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15317 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15318 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15321 \begin_layout Itemize
15322 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15325 \begin_layout Standard
15326 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15332 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15346 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15353 when the cursor is inside a table.
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15358 Most of these options also work on selections.
15359 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15360 done on all of your selection.
15361 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15365 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15366 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15372 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15373 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15376 \begin_layout Standard
15377 When you append a row, it is added
15381 the row containing the cursor.
15382 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15387 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15388 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15389 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15393 \begin_layout Standard
15394 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15395 For example, in the above table, row
15396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15403 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15419 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15424 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15428 \begin_layout Standard
15433 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15434 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15435 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15438 \begin_layout Standard
15440 \begin_inset Tabular
15441 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15443 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15444 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15445 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15446 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15447 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15450 \begin_layout Standard
15465 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15483 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15502 <row topline="true">
15503 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15506 \begin_layout Standard
15521 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15524 \begin_layout Standard
15538 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15556 <row topline="true">
15557 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15560 \begin_layout Standard
15575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15595 \begin_layout Standard
15610 <row topline="true">
15611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15632 \begin_layout Standard
15646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15649 \begin_layout Standard
15664 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15668 \begin_layout Standard
15683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15686 \begin_layout Standard
15700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15726 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15727 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15729 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15730 \begin_inset Note Note
15733 \begin_layout Standard
15734 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15735 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15743 \begin_layout Standard
15744 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15754 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15757 \begin_layout Standard
15758 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15761 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15764 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15766 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15768 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15771 \begin_layout Standard
15778 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15785 display on screen, and works
15789 for PostScript output.
15790 So, if you want to preview them, use
15795 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15809 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15814 will not show the table properly.
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15819 \begin_inset Tabular
15820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15822 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15824 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15829 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15830 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15831 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15832 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15833 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15834 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15838 \begin_layout Standard
15853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15856 \begin_layout Standard
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Standard
15889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15892 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15928 \begin_layout Standard
15943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15946 \begin_layout Standard
15961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15964 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16000 \begin_layout Standard
16015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16018 \begin_layout Standard
16033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16036 \begin_layout Standard
16052 <row topline="true">
16053 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Standard
16090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16093 \begin_layout Standard
16099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16102 \begin_layout Standard
16117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16120 \begin_layout Standard
16135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16138 \begin_layout Standard
16144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16147 \begin_layout Standard
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Standard
16171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16174 \begin_layout Standard
16189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16192 \begin_layout Standard
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16225 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Standard
16244 <row topline="true">
16245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Standard
16264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16267 \begin_layout Standard
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16312 \begin_layout Standard
16327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16330 \begin_layout Standard
16345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16348 \begin_layout Standard
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16384 \begin_layout Standard
16399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16402 \begin_layout Standard
16417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16454 <row topline="true">
16455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Standard
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Standard
16510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16540 \begin_layout Standard
16555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Standard
16573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16576 \begin_layout Standard
16591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16594 \begin_layout Standard
16609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16612 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Standard
16655 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Standard
16675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16678 \begin_layout Standard
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16705 \begin_layout Standard
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Standard
16774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Standard
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Standard
16819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16822 \begin_layout Standard
16838 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16842 \begin_layout Standard
16857 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Standard
16870 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16873 \begin_layout Standard
16879 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16882 \begin_layout Standard
16888 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16897 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16906 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16915 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Standard
16924 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Standard
16933 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Standard
16942 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Standard
16977 \begin_layout Subsection
16978 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16981 \begin_layout Standard
16982 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16983 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16984 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16985 can be placed in the same cell.
16986 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16988 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16992 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16993 for the cell's paragraph.
16996 \begin_layout Subsection
16997 Cut & Paste in Tables
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17001 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
17002 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17003 Selection with the mouse or with
17007 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17008 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
17009 using the mouse to select and paste.
17012 \begin_layout Standard
17014 \begin_inset Tabular
17015 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17020 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Standard
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Standard
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Standard
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Standard
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Standard
17132 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Standard
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Standard
17195 \begin_layout Standard
17197 \begin_inset Tabular
17198 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17203 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Standard
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Standard
17240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17243 \begin_layout Standard
17260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17263 \begin_layout Standard
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Standard
17296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17299 \begin_layout Standard
17315 <row topline="true">
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Standard
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Standard
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Standard
17353 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout Standard
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Standard
17389 \begin_layout Standard
17390 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17391 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17394 \begin_layout Subsection
17395 Multiple lines in cells
17398 \begin_layout Standard
17399 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17401 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17406 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17407 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17412 \begin_layout Standard
17414 \begin_inset Tabular
17415 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17418 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17420 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Standard
17439 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17460 \begin_layout Standard
17477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Standard
17508 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17516 \begin_layout Standard
17532 <row bottomline="true">
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Standard
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Standard
17564 This is longer now.
17569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17572 \begin_layout Standard
17588 <row bottomline="true">
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Standard
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Standard
17620 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17621 This is longer now.
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Standard
17652 \begin_layout Standard
17653 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17654 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17655 margin of the page.
17656 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17657 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17658 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17661 \begin_layout Enumerate
17662 Split it into two tables.
17665 \begin_layout Enumerate
17675 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17676 After doing this, the list of
17680 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17684 \begin_layout Enumerate
17690 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17691 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17694 \begin_layout Enumerate
17699 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17700 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17701 except for the first page, if
17709 \begin_layout Enumerate
17714 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17715 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17716 except for the last page, if
17724 \begin_layout Enumerate
17730 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17731 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17734 \begin_layout Standard
17735 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17736 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17737 The others will then be defined as
17742 In this context, first means first in this order:
17744 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17761 example file to see how this works.
17765 \begin_layout Standard
17766 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17767 rows to break the page on as well.
17771 \begin_layout Enumerate
17772 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17773 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17776 \begin_layout Subsection
17778 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17779 name "sec:table float"
17786 \begin_layout Standard
17787 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17806 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17816 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17817 exactly where you insert it.
17818 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17819 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17820 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17824 , and is described in section
17825 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17826 reference "sec:float-locn"
17831 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17833 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17834 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17840 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17841 reference "table:a table float"
17845 is an example of a table float.
17846 \begin_inset Float table
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17853 \begin_inset Caption
17855 \begin_layout Standard
17856 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17857 name "table:a table float"
17869 \begin_layout Standard
17871 \begin_inset Tabular
17872 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17877 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Standard
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Standard
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Standard
17933 <row topline="true">
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Standard
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Standard
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Standard
17989 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Standard
18003 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Standard
18024 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18026 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Standard
18047 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18068 \begin_layout Section
18069 Table of Contents and other Listings
18070 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18078 \begin_layout Standard
18079 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
18081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18088 such as a Table of Contents.
18089 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
18090 at the place where you want the list to appear.
18093 \begin_layout Subsection
18094 The Table of Contents
18097 \begin_layout Standard
18098 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18101 \begin_layout Enumerate
18102 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18109 \begin_layout Enumerate
18110 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18120 (Sub...), Paragraph
18123 Note that styles with a
18135 appear in the Table of Contents.
18138 \begin_layout Enumerate
18139 Make sure you set the
18144 ection\InsetSpace ~
18145 number\InsetSpace ~
18164 Document\InsetSpace ~
18167 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18168 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18169 reference "sub:section-depth"
18176 \begin_layout Enumerate
18177 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18178 You'll find it under
18183 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18190 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18202 \begin_layout Standard
18203 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18209 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18221 \begin_layout Subsection
18222 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18223 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18231 \begin_layout Standard
18232 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18233 You can insert them from the
18238 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18248 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18249 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18252 \begin_layout Chapter
18253 Mathematical Formulae
18256 \begin_layout Section
18260 \begin_layout Standard
18261 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18262 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18266 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18268 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18269 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18270 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18277 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18282 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18296 (CUA binding only).
18299 \begin_layout Standard
18300 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18301 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18304 , there is a special shortcut.
18312 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18322 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18328 \begin_layout Standard
18329 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18334 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18339 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18348 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18351 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18352 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18353 somewhere on the screen.
18354 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18355 will insert a formula for you.
18358 \begin_layout Subsection
18359 Navigating a Formula
18362 \begin_layout Standard
18363 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18364 with the arrow keys.
18365 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18366 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18371 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18372 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18376 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18380 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18382 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18390 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18395 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18396 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18399 \begin_layout Standard
18404 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18405 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18406 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18411 For example, if you want
18412 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18459 , since in the latter case only the
18462 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18467 will be under the square root sign,
18468 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18472 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18476 \begin_layout Standard
18477 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18479 \begin_inset Formula \[
18480 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18483 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18487 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18488 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18491 \begin_layout Subsection
18495 \begin_layout Standard
18496 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18497 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18501 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18502 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18503 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18504 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18505 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18508 \begin_layout Subsection
18509 Exponents and Subscripts
18512 \begin_layout Standard
18513 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18514 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18516 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18532 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18533 in the superscript.
18539 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18543 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18562 Subscripts are similar, to get
18563 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18578 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18579 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18581 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18582 reference "sec:Grouping"
18586 if you need to alter this.
18589 \begin_layout Subsection
18593 \begin_layout Standard
18594 Create a fraction with either
18600 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18620 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18621 squares top and bottom.
18622 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18623 To move to the bottom, simply press
18628 To move back up, press
18633 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18634 \begin_inset Formula \[
18635 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18637 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18644 \begin_layout Subsection
18648 \begin_layout Standard
18650 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18654 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18657 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18666 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18667 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18668 Sum will automatically place its
18669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18676 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18677 when inlined, such as
18678 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18682 \begin_inset Note Note
18685 \begin_layout Standard
18686 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18693 \begin_inset Formula \[
18694 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18698 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18699 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18700 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18704 \begin_inset Formula \[
18705 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18709 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18710 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18711 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18712 in front of the sign and hitting
18717 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18721 \begin_layout Standard
18722 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18730 feature as addition, such as
18731 \begin_inset Formula \[
18732 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18736 which will place the
18737 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18748 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18749 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18754 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18757 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18763 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18771 menu in the math panel; see
18772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18773 reference "sec:math-functions"
18780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18781 Special integral symbols
18784 \begin_layout Standard
18785 Standard LaTeX does only provide a very limited set of integral symbols.
18786 Therefore several packages implement additional symbols, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18789 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18799 Unfortunately they do not always look consistent, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18803 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18817 \begin_inset Formula $\varint$
18827 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18835 Therefore you should enable the automatic loading of the
18844 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18851 if you need special integrals.
18852 This package defines a complete set of consistent looking integral symbols.
18853 You can find most of them in the math panel.
18854 This document does use the
18858 package instead of the
18862 package, because the latter is not yet included in all TeX distributions,
18863 so you can see the different looking integral symbols using
18868 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18878 \begin_layout Subsection
18880 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18881 name "sec:math-panel"
18888 \begin_layout Standard
18898 dialog (accessible via
18903 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18910 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18911 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18912 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18913 details in later sections.
18916 \begin_layout Standard
18917 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18920 \begin_layout Subsection
18924 \begin_layout Standard
18925 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18931 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18939 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18947 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18955 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18964 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18972 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18974 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18975 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18976 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18977 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18978 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18981 \begin_layout Standard
18982 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18983 In the minibuffer, type
18988 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18997 to move between the two boxes.
18998 You can also use the key binding
19005 \begin_layout Subsection
19009 \begin_layout Standard
19010 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
19011 that LaTeX provides.
19012 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
19013 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
19014 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
19015 The first thing to do is to type
19020 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
19022 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19026 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
19031 you move the cursor, after typing
19039 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
19041 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
19043 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19047 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19051 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
19054 \begin_layout Subsection
19056 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19057 name "sec:math-functions"
19064 \begin_layout Standard
19065 The math panel contains a number of
19066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19074 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19078 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19086 (you can type them in a formula by typing
19093 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
19095 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19098 , should not be italicized.
19099 Entering just the letters
19100 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19103 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
19105 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
19106 For example, the expression
19107 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19110 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19111 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19112 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19115 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19116 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19117 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19121 \begin_inset Formula \[
19122 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19126 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19132 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19133 to improve linespacing).
19136 \begin_layout Subsection
19140 \begin_layout Standard
19141 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19143 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19144 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19145 That is, you can enter
19146 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19149 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19150 This is entered by typing
19151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19165 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19166 the various accents:
19169 \begin_layout Standard
19171 \begin_inset Tabular
19172 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19177 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Standard
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Standard
19233 <row topline="true">
19234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Standard
19252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19255 \begin_layout Standard
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Standard
19283 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19292 <row topline="true">
19293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Standard
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Standard
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Standard
19342 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19351 <row topline="true">
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Standard
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Standard
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Standard
19401 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19410 <row topline="true">
19411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Standard
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Standard
19447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19460 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19469 <row topline="true">
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Standard
19488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19491 \begin_layout Standard
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19519 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19528 <row topline="true">
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Standard
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Standard
19565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Standard
19578 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19587 <row topline="true">
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Standard
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Standard
19624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19627 \begin_layout Standard
19637 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19646 <row topline="true">
19647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19650 \begin_layout Standard
19665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19668 \begin_layout Standard
19683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19686 \begin_layout Standard
19696 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19705 <row topline="true">
19706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19709 \begin_layout Standard
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Standard
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Standard
19755 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19764 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19768 \begin_layout Standard
19783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Standard
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Standard
19814 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19830 \begin_layout Standard
19831 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19836 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19837 made within a formula too.
19840 \begin_layout Subsection
19841 The math editor for LaTeX users
19844 \begin_layout Standard
19845 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19846 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19848 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19855 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19856 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19859 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19860 menus for a symbol.
19861 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19866 \begin_layout Quotation
19867 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19868 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19870 As an example, I created this
19871 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19874 by typing the following keys: First type
19898 As soon as I typed that
19903 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19906 was right there on the screen.
19910 \begin_layout Standard
19916 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19931 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19936 leaves the formula.
19937 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19940 \begin_layout Itemize
19941 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19944 \begin_layout Itemize
19945 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19946 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19949 \begin_layout Itemize
19950 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19954 \begin_layout Itemize
19955 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19966 \begin_layout Itemize
19967 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19968 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19971 , you can find it in the dialogs
19974 \begin_layout Section
19975 Brackets and decorations
19978 \begin_layout Standard
19979 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19980 For most purposes, using just the keys
19986 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19987 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19988 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19994 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19995 reference "sec:math-panel"
20000 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20002 \begin_inset Formula \[
20003 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20005 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
20009 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
20011 \begin_inset Formula \[
20012 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20017 \begin_inset Formula \[
20018 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
20022 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
20023 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
20036 \begin_layout Standard
20037 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
20038 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
20039 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
20040 clicking on the button.
20041 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20042 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
20045 \begin_layout Standard
20046 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
20047 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
20048 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
20049 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
20053 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
20055 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
20061 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20064 \begin_layout Standard
20065 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
20069 for grouping, you should read
20070 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20071 reference "sec:Grouping"
20078 \begin_layout Section
20080 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20081 name "sec:Grouping"
20088 \begin_layout Standard
20089 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20090 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20101 \begin_layout Standard
20102 \begin_inset Formula \[
20103 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20110 \begin_layout Standard
20111 However, trying to type the
20115 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20116 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20123 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20124 The example directly above shows how this works.
20127 \begin_layout Section
20128 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20131 \begin_layout Standard
20132 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20138 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20139 number of rows/columns.
20140 Here is an example:
20141 \begin_inset Formula \[
20142 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20145 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20149 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20150 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20151 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20155 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20157 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20158 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20159 The specification is
20164 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20169 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20170 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20171 It will look like this:
20172 \begin_inset Formula \[
20174 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20175 column & has & has\, right\\
20176 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20183 \begin_layout Standard
20184 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20188 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20194 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20206 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20216 \begin_layout Standard
20217 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20218 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20224 and commutative diagrams.
20225 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20230 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20239 \begin_layout Standard
20240 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20241 A formula will automatically switch to an
20247 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20255 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20256 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20263 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20264 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20271 Here is an example:
20272 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20274 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20278 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20285 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20290 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20291 everything in the left side of the line.
20292 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20293 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20298 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20299 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20300 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20301 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20314 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20317 \begin_layout Section
20318 Equation Numbering and Labels
20319 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20320 name "sec:math-label"
20327 \begin_layout Standard
20328 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20329 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20330 \begin_inset Formula \[
20335 into the numbered equation :
20336 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20337 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20348 menu, and select the
20357 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20358 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20359 care of re-numbering the equation.
20360 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20361 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20362 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20363 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20369 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20374 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20375 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20382 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20385 \begin_layout Standard
20386 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20387 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20391 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20392 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20394 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20395 reference "mathed:first-eqn"
20403 dialog, which you open using
20408 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20419 \begin_layout Standard
20420 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20421 lines are numbered separately.
20422 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20423 receive a label of #.
20424 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20426 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20427 reference "mathed:third-eqn"
20432 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20433 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20434 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20435 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20439 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20444 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20449 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20450 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20455 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20459 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20462 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20463 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20465 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20466 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20470 Note that the first equation in this set (
20471 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20472 reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
20476 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20478 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20479 reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
20483 ) is again labelled.
20487 \begin_layout Section
20488 User defined macros in math mode
20491 \begin_layout Standard
20492 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20493 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20494 the macro in blue (math color).
20495 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20496 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20498 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20499 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20502 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20503 written during export as LaTeX.
20504 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20505 macro's expansion on screen.
20506 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20507 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20508 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20511 \begin_layout Standard
20512 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20519 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20520 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20524 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20525 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20533 \begin_layout Standard
20534 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20540 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20544 followed by the argument number:
20545 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20546 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20553 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20554 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20559 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20566 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20573 \begin_layout Standard
20574 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20587 \begin_layout Subsection
20588 How to create macros
20591 \begin_layout Standard
20592 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20596 \begin_layout Standard
20597 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20605 \begin_layout Standard
20608 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20611 \begin_layout Standard
20619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20642 math-macro macrowarg 1
20645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20652 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20660 math-macro-arg <number>
20663 \begin_layout Standard
20664 The argument mark in
20670 was introduced with
20671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20685 \begin_layout Standard
20686 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20687 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20688 can be edited only once.
20691 \begin_layout Subsection
20692 How to navigate in macros
20695 \begin_layout Description
20699 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20700 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20701 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20702 right side of the macro.
20705 \begin_layout Description
20708 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20709 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20712 \begin_layout Standard
20713 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20717 \begin_layout Section
20721 \begin_layout Subsection
20725 \begin_layout Standard
20726 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20727 The standard font for text is italic,
20728 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20731 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20732 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20733 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20736 \begin_layout Standard
20738 \begin_inset Tabular
20739 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20741 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20743 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20747 \begin_layout Standard
20753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20756 \begin_layout Standard
20763 <row topline="true">
20764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20774 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20796 <row topline="true">
20797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20800 \begin_layout Standard
20801 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20823 <row topline="true">
20824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20839 \begin_layout Standard
20850 <row topline="true">
20851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20854 \begin_layout Standard
20861 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20872 \begin_layout Standard
20883 <row topline="true">
20884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20888 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20899 \begin_layout Standard
20910 <row topline="true">
20911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20914 \begin_layout Standard
20915 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20926 \begin_layout Standard
20937 <row topline="true">
20938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20941 \begin_layout Standard
20949 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20960 \begin_layout Standard
20971 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20987 \begin_layout Standard
21005 \begin_layout Standard
21006 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
21007 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
21011 \begin_layout Standard
21012 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
21013 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
21014 style after one character.
21015 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
21016 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
21017 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
21019 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
21020 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
21025 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
21028 \begin_layout Standard
21029 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
21031 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
21034 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
21035 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21047 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
21049 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 A number of other options are available as well, via
21058 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21063 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21070 \begin_layout Subsection
21074 \begin_layout Standard
21075 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
21076 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
21077 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
21082 while already in math mode.
21083 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
21084 on the screen in black instead of blue.
21085 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21090 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
21108 might have been a better choice
21113 , but it works for simple text.
21115 \begin_inset Formula \[
21116 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21117 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21118 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21125 \begin_layout Subsection
21129 \begin_layout Standard
21130 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21138 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21156 For most characters,
21164 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21165 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
21170 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
21171 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
21173 These choices can be over-ridden by using the math panel button
21174 \begin_inset Graphics
21175 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21181 For example, you can set
21182 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21189 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by using
21195 Then a new box will appear in the formula where you can insert the fraction:
21197 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21201 Here are some text in the various styles:
21202 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21206 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21210 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21214 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21222 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21224 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21225 will be adjusted to correspond.
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21233 Here is a paragraph in
21234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21241 font, with symbols:
21242 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21249 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21253 \begin_layout Section
21257 \begin_layout Standard
21258 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21260 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21263 \begin_layout Subsection
21264 Enabling AMS-Support
21267 \begin_layout Standard
21273 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21280 dialog there is a checkbox,
21287 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21288 the facilities available.
21291 \begin_layout Subsection
21295 \begin_layout Standard
21296 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21297 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21298 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21306 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21307 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21308 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21309 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21311 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21314 \begin_layout Subsection
21318 \begin_layout Standard
21319 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21320 LyX allows you to choose between
21341 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21342 tion for the differences between these formula
21346 \begin_layout Chapter
21350 \begin_layout Section
21352 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21353 name "sec:crossref"
21360 \begin_layout Standard
21361 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21362 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21368 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21369 The other half is the
21373 proper, and it looks like this:
21374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21375 reference "sec:crossref"
21380 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21382 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21383 case, the number of this section.
21384 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21385 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21386 reference "sec:crossref"
21391 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21392 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21394 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21395 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21399 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21407 \begin_layout Standard
21408 To insert a label, use
21415 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21421 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21422 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21423 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21426 \begin_layout Standard
21427 To insert a reference, select
21434 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21443 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21446 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21447 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21451 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21458 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21461 \begin_layout Standard
21462 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21471 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21474 \begin_layout Quote
21481 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21487 There were undefined references
21490 \begin_layout Standard
21491 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21494 \begin_layout Standard
21495 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21500 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21501 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21509 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21522 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21523 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21527 separately from the
21532 The same goes for all other section headings.
21535 \begin_layout Standard
21548 section headings and table and figure floats.
21549 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21550 you can't really use a
21558 \begin_layout Standard
21563 , but only if you use the
21573 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21574 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21579 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21585 Once again, the regular
21589 won't work very well.
21590 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21591 of the previous numbered section heading.
21597 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21598 reference "sec:figurefloats"
21603 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21604 reference "sec:table float"
21609 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21610 reference "sec:math-label"
21614 for details on using a
21618 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21622 \begin_layout Section
21623 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21626 \begin_layout Standard
21627 It is often desirable to include long
21628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21635 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21636 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21638 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21639 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21642 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21649 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21650 along automatically determined boundaries.
21653 \begin_layout Standard
21654 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21655 ike entity) simply select
21657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21664 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21672 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21673 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21675 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21676 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21684 \begin_layout Standard
21689 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21690 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21702 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21710 \begin_layout Standard
21711 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21719 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21721 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21725 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21727 target "http://ctan.tug.org"
21732 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21736 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21738 http://ctan.tug.org
21741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21747 \begin_layout Standard
21750 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21766 \begin_layout Section
21767 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21768 \begin_inset OptArg
21771 \begin_layout Standard
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21781 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21782 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21783 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21784 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21789 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21793 \begin_layout Standard
21794 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21798 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21804 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21805 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21806 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21811 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21816 This will insert a box (labelled
21817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21832 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21833 This also works for captions inside floats.
21836 \begin_layout Standard
21837 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21840 \begin_layout Section
21844 \begin_layout Standard
21845 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21847 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21848 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21849 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21850 This can be achieved with
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21862 the branches available within a particular document.
21863 This is done in the
21865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21866 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21870 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21871 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21872 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21878 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21882 \begin_layout Standard
21891 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21892 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21893 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21896 \begin_layout Standard
21897 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21905 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21906 \begin_inset Note Note
21909 \begin_layout Standard
21910 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21918 \begin_layout Section
21919 Previewing snippets of your document
21922 \begin_layout Standard
21923 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21924 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21925 to break your train of thought with
21930 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21938 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21939 necessary software (see below) and select the
21951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21958 pulldown item in the
21963 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21971 (It can be found in the
21975 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21978 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21982 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21985 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21986 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21987 Previews of an already loaded document are
21991 generated just by selecting the
22005 \begin_layout Standard
22006 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
22007 It will also generate previews of include insets or
22008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22023 check box in the inset's dialog.
22024 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
22026 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
22029 \begin_layout Standard
22030 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
22031 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
22032 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
22036 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
22039 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
22051 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
22062 \begin_layout Section
22063 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
22066 \begin_layout Subsection
22067 Extra Horizontal Space
22068 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22076 \begin_layout Standard
22081 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
22086 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
22087 space between the left and right margins.
22088 If there is more than one
22092 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
22096 \begin_layout Standard
22101 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
22105 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22110 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22113 \begin_layout Standard
22120 can be inserted with
22125 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22126 Special\InsetSpace ~
22131 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22136 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
22140 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
22143 \begin_layout Quote
22145 This is on the left side
22147 This is on the right
22150 \begin_layout Quote
22159 \begin_layout Quote
22170 \begin_layout Standard
22171 That was an example in the
22178 :is one in a standard paragraph.
22179 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
22183 sitting in-between the two
22184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22194 \begin_layout Standard
22195 Remember that we said that an
22199 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22200 than one set of margins on a line.
22201 Here's an example with the
22208 \begin_layout Labeling
22209 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22221 \begin_layout Standard
22223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22230 marks the beginning of the item.
22231 (There is actually a
22232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22243 inside of the label of the
22247 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22251 s work similarly in other
22252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22259 situations, like two-column mode.
22262 \begin_layout Subsection
22263 Extra Vertical Space
22264 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22265 name "sec:vertspace"
22272 \begin_layout Standard
22273 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22278 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22283 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22288 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22294 \begin_layout Standard
22295 We will not provide an example of a
22299 , as it would waste paper.
22300 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22304 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22305 If there are several
22309 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22310 You can therefore use
22314 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22318 \begin_layout Standard
22319 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22320 only added if you have also checked the option
22325 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22330 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22331 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22336 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22347 \begin_layout Subsection
22348 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22351 \begin_layout Standard
22352 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22357 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22362 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22366 There are four possibilities:
22369 \begin_layout Itemize
22378 \begin_layout Itemize
22387 \begin_layout Itemize
22396 \begin_layout Itemize
22405 \begin_layout Standard
22406 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22407 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22408 the left and right margins.
22409 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22412 \begin_layout Standard
22414 This paragraph is right aligned,
22417 \begin_layout Standard
22419 this one is centered,
22422 \begin_layout Standard
22424 this one is left aligned.
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22433 \begin_layout Subsection
22434 Forcing Page Breaks
22435 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22436 name "sec:pagebreak"
22443 \begin_layout Standard
22444 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22445 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22446 In general, this will
22450 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22452 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22453 reference "sec:widows"
22460 \begin_layout Standard
22461 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22462 recommend not using it until the text is finished, and until you have checked
22463 in the preview to see if you
22467 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22473 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22478 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22481 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22486 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22487 at the top of a page.
22488 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22489 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22490 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22491 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22493 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22494 reference "sec:figures"
22499 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22500 reference "sec:tables"
22511 \begin_layout Subsection
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22516 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22517 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22518 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22519 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22521 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22527 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22528 name "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
22535 \begin_layout Standard
22536 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22537 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22538 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22539 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22540 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22542 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22543 reference "sec:abbrev"
22548 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22549 In this case, insert one with
22554 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22555 Special\InsetSpace ~
22560 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22579 name "sec:protblank-lbreak-horline"
22583 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22584 line at that point.
22585 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22588 \begin_layout Quote
22589 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22595 \begin_layout Standard
22596 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22613 A protected space is set with
22618 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22619 Special\InsetSpace ~
22624 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22637 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22639 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22640 name "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
22647 \begin_layout Standard
22649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22656 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22665 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22666 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22667 inside abbreviations:
22670 \begin_layout Quote
22671 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22673 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22674 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22679 You can insert a thin space with
22684 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22685 Special\InsetSpace ~
22690 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22707 \begin_layout Standard
22708 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22709 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22714 To get them, just type
22716 space-insert <command>
22718 into the minibuffer, where
22722 is one of the following:
22725 \begin_layout Standard
22727 \begin_inset Tabular
22728 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22731 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22732 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22733 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22737 \begin_layout Standard
22745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22748 \begin_layout Standard
22756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22759 \begin_layout Standard
22768 <row topline="true">
22769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22783 \begin_layout Standard
22790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22793 \begin_layout Standard
22800 <row topline="true">
22801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22832 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22857 \begin_layout Standard
22864 <row bottomline="true">
22865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22889 \begin_layout Standard
22896 <row bottomline="true">
22897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22900 \begin_layout Standard
22908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22921 \begin_layout Standard
22928 <row bottomline="true">
22929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22932 \begin_layout Standard
22940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22943 \begin_layout Standard
22950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22953 \begin_layout Standard
22960 <row bottomline="true">
22961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22975 \begin_layout Standard
22982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22985 \begin_layout Standard
22992 <row bottomline="true">
22993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22996 \begin_layout Standard
23004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23017 \begin_layout Standard
23031 \begin_layout Subsection
23035 \begin_layout Standard
23036 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
23041 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23042 Special\InsetSpace ~
23047 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23059 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
23064 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
23066 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23067 reference "sec:pagebreak"
23072 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
23073 set a linebreak, e.g.
23074 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
23075 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23076 reference "sec:quote"
23081 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23082 reference "sec:verse"
23087 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23088 reference "sec:adress_usage"
23095 \begin_layout Section
23097 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23098 name "sec:spellchecking"
23105 \begin_layout Standard
23106 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
23107 Rather it uses the external
23111 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23116 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23121 \begin_layout Standard
23122 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23129 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23138 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23139 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23140 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23141 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23142 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23147 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23149 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23150 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23153 \begin_layout Subsection
23154 Spellchecker Options
23155 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23156 name "sec:spell_opt"
23163 \begin_layout Standard
23164 The following options can be set in the
23169 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23179 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23183 \begin_layout Standard
23184 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23185 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23190 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23198 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23200 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23201 specifying a different
23202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23205 alternative language
23206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23212 \begin_layout Standard
23217 , you may need to make a link from say
23225 or whatever applies for your language.
23226 This is because these
23230 files normally have the native language name (
23231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23242 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23243 with the LaTeX babel package (
23244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23254 \begin_layout Standard
23255 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23256 If you use a language with
23260 encoding and set the
23272 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23287 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23288 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23292 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23295 \begin_layout Standard
23298 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23301 \begin_layout Standard
23302 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23306 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23310 \begin_layout Standard
23311 There are four solutions to this problem.
23312 The easiest is to try the
23319 If that does not help, you can set
23330 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23331 The third is to add the
23335 option to your dictionary
23346 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23347 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23357 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23358 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23359 and ask him to solve your problem.
23362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23363 Personal dictionary
23366 \begin_layout Standard
23367 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23368 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23369 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23370 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23374 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23381 \begin_layout Standard
23387 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23390 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23393 \begin_layout Itemize
23399 ccept compound words
23403 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23416 \begin_layout Itemize
23426 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23429 This should not normally be needed.
23432 \begin_layout Subsection
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23437 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23438 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23439 for each occurrence of the word.
23440 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23441 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23444 \begin_layout Standard
23445 Unless you're using the
23449 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23451 This, does, however, work with
23455 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23458 \begin_layout Section
23459 International Support
23462 \begin_layout Standard
23463 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23464 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23465 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23466 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23468 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23469 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23470 default configuration.
23473 \begin_layout Standard
23474 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23475 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23476 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23477 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23479 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23480 reference "sec:langlay"
23484 for more information.
23487 \begin_layout Standard
23488 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23489 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23490 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23491 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23493 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23494 reference "sec:optkey"
23502 \begin_layout Standard
23503 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23504 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23505 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23506 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23507 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23508 one to support the characters you want.
23512 \begin_layout Standard
23513 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23517 beyond the scope of this manual.
23518 You cannot only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23519 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23520 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23521 to your native tongue, please see the
23525 manual for details.
23528 \begin_layout Subsection
23530 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23538 \begin_layout Standard
23544 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23551 dialog lets you set
23553 the language and character encoding for your language.
23557 \begin_layout Standard
23558 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23575 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23583 The default is U.S.
23585 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23586 The language name appears in the window.
23590 \begin_layout Standard
23591 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23592 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23610 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23615 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23616 European languages.
23619 \begin_layout Subsection
23620 Keyboard mapping configuration
23621 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23629 \begin_layout Standard
23630 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23631 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23632 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23633 which one you want to use.
23636 \begin_layout Subsection
23638 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23646 \begin_layout Standard
23649 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23650 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23659 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23664 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23665 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23667 That ain't the default.
23668 Nowhere near, in fact.
23669 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23677 \begin_layout Itemize
23678 Even if you've selected
23687 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23694 dialog, users who have only the
23698 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23702 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23703 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23704 french quotes won't show up.
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 \begin_inset Float table
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23714 \begin_inset Caption
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23717 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23718 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23734 \begin_layout Standard
23736 \begin_inset Tabular
23737 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23739 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23740 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23741 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23749 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23756 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23769 \begin_layout Standard
23784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23787 \begin_layout Standard
23802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23805 \begin_layout Standard
23820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23841 \begin_layout Standard
23856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23859 \begin_layout Standard
23874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23877 \begin_layout Standard
23892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23895 \begin_layout Standard
23910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23931 \begin_layout Standard
23946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23949 \begin_layout Standard
23964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23967 \begin_layout Standard
23982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23985 \begin_layout Standard
24000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24021 \begin_layout Standard
24036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24039 \begin_layout Standard
24055 <row topline="true">
24056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24059 \begin_layout Standard
24074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24077 \begin_layout Standard
24083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24086 \begin_layout Standard
24092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24095 \begin_layout Standard
24101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24121 \begin_layout Standard
24135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24155 \begin_layout Standard
24169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24172 \begin_layout Standard
24186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24189 \begin_layout Standard
24195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24198 \begin_layout Standard
24204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24207 \begin_layout Standard
24213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24216 \begin_layout Standard
24230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24233 \begin_layout Standard
24247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24250 \begin_layout Standard
24264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24267 \begin_layout Standard
24281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24284 \begin_layout Standard
24299 <row topline="true">
24300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24321 \begin_layout Standard
24327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24330 \begin_layout Standard
24336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24356 \begin_layout Standard
24370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24373 \begin_layout Standard
24387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24390 \begin_layout Standard
24404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24407 \begin_layout Standard
24421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24424 \begin_layout Standard
24438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24459 \begin_layout Standard
24473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24476 \begin_layout Standard
24490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24493 \begin_layout Standard
24507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24510 \begin_layout Standard
24524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24544 \begin_layout Standard
24559 <row topline="true">
24560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24590 \begin_layout Standard
24596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24704 \begin_layout Standard
24710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24713 \begin_layout Standard
24719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24731 \begin_layout Standard
24745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24765 \begin_layout Standard
24779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24782 \begin_layout Standard
24796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24799 \begin_layout Standard
24814 <row topline="true">
24815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24836 \begin_layout Standard
24842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24845 \begin_layout Standard
24851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24854 \begin_layout Standard
24868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24905 \begin_layout Standard
24919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24956 \begin_layout Standard
24962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24991 \begin_layout Standard
25005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25008 \begin_layout Standard
25022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25025 \begin_layout Standard
25039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25059 \begin_layout Standard
25074 <row topline="true">
25075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25078 \begin_layout Standard
25093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25105 \begin_layout Standard
25111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25114 \begin_layout Standard
25128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25131 \begin_layout Standard
25145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25148 \begin_layout Standard
25162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25165 \begin_layout Standard
25179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25199 \begin_layout Standard
25213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25216 \begin_layout Standard
25222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25225 \begin_layout Standard
25231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25234 \begin_layout Standard
25240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25243 \begin_layout Standard
25257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25260 \begin_layout Standard
25274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25277 \begin_layout Standard
25291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25294 \begin_layout Standard
25308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25326 <row topline="true">
25327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25357 \begin_layout Standard
25363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25383 \begin_layout Standard
25397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25434 \begin_layout Standard
25448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25451 \begin_layout Standard
25465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25468 \begin_layout Standard
25474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25477 \begin_layout Standard
25483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25486 \begin_layout Standard
25492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25546 \begin_layout Standard
25560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25563 \begin_layout Standard
25578 <row topline="true">
25579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25635 \begin_layout Standard
25649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25652 \begin_layout Standard
25666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25703 \begin_layout Standard
25717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25729 \begin_layout Standard
25735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25738 \begin_layout Standard
25744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25781 \begin_layout Standard
25795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25815 \begin_layout Standard
25830 <row topline="true">
25831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25921 \begin_layout Standard
25935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25972 \begin_layout Standard
25978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25990 \begin_layout Standard
26004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26007 \begin_layout Standard
26021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26090 <row topline="true">
26091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26164 \begin_layout Standard
26178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26215 \begin_layout Standard
26229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26232 \begin_layout Standard
26238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26241 \begin_layout Standard
26247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26250 \begin_layout Standard
26264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26284 \begin_layout Standard
26298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26350 <row topline="true">
26351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26354 \begin_layout Standard
26369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26372 \begin_layout Standard
26378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26510 \begin_layout Standard
26524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26527 \begin_layout Standard
26541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26561 \begin_layout Standard
26575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26578 \begin_layout Standard
26592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26595 \begin_layout Standard
26610 <row topline="true">
26611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26632 \begin_layout Standard
26638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26684 \begin_layout Standard
26698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26701 \begin_layout Standard
26715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26770 \begin_layout Standard
26784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26804 \begin_layout Standard
26818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26821 \begin_layout Standard
26835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26870 <row topline="true">
26871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26901 \begin_layout Standard
26907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26910 \begin_layout Standard
26924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26927 \begin_layout Standard
26941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26961 \begin_layout Standard
26975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26995 \begin_layout Standard
27009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27047 \begin_layout Standard
27061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27064 \begin_layout Standard
27078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27081 \begin_layout Standard
27095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27098 \begin_layout Standard
27112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27115 \begin_layout Standard
27130 <row topline="true">
27131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27152 \begin_layout Standard
27158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27240 \begin_layout Standard
27254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27257 \begin_layout Standard
27271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27326 \begin_layout Standard
27340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27360 \begin_layout Standard
27374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27392 <row topline="true">
27393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27414 \begin_layout Standard
27420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27500 \begin_layout Standard
27514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27561 \begin_layout Standard
27575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27595 \begin_layout Standard
27609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27612 \begin_layout Standard
27626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27644 <row topline="true">
27645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27684 \begin_layout Standard
27698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27752 \begin_layout Standard
27766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27786 \begin_layout Standard
27792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27838 \begin_layout Standard
27852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27889 \begin_layout Standard
27904 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27926 \begin_layout Standard
27932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27961 \begin_layout Standard
27975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27995 \begin_layout Standard
28009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28029 \begin_layout Standard
28035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28047 \begin_layout Standard
28053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28107 \begin_layout Standard
28121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28124 \begin_layout Standard
28138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28169 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28171 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28172 also the characters from
28184 \begin_layout Itemize
28193 \begin_layout Standard
28194 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28199 \begin_layout Standard
28200 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28206 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28217 \begin_layout Standard
28223 \begin_layout Standard
28229 \begin_layout Standard
28236 \begin_layout Standard
28237 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28239 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28245 is correct, S-M-macron.
28254 \begin_layout Itemize
28267 \begin_layout Standard
28273 \begin_layout Standard
28279 \begin_layout Standard
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28292 \begin_layout Standard
28293 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28294 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28302 \begin_layout Standard
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28315 \begin_layout Standard
28316 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28317 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
28318 Also make sure you're using the
28325 \begin_layout Chapter
28329 \begin_layout Standard
28330 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28331 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28335 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28336 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28337 to provide information:
28340 \begin_layout Itemize
28345 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28346 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28354 as some of us call it].
28357 \begin_layout Itemize
28360 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28362 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28366 \begin_layout Itemize
28371 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28372 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28375 \begin_layout Itemize
28378 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28380 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28386 \begin_layout Itemize
28387 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28389 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
28394 for help and answers to questions.
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28398 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28402 LyX Documentation Team,
28403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28406 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28407 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28410 \begin_layout Itemize
28419 \begin_layout Itemize
28420 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28435 \begin_layout Itemize
28436 General editing assistance.
28439 \begin_layout Itemize
28444 \begin_layout Itemize
28448 \begin_layout Itemize
28452 \begin_layout Itemize
28458 \begin_layout Itemize
28467 \begin_layout Itemize
28468 Primary contributor to
28473 \begin_layout Itemize
28474 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28480 \begin_layout Itemize
28489 \begin_layout Itemize
28490 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28506 \begin_layout Itemize
28513 \begin_layout Itemize
28514 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28520 \begin_layout Itemize
28529 \begin_layout Itemize
28530 Documentation of internationalization features in
28536 \begin_layout Itemize
28543 \begin_layout Itemize
28548 \begin_layout Itemize
28552 \begin_layout Itemize
28556 \begin_layout Itemize
28560 \begin_layout Itemize
28566 \begin_layout Itemize
28573 \begin_layout Itemize
28574 Primary contributor to
28580 \begin_layout Itemize
28587 \begin_layout Itemize
28592 \begin_layout Itemize
28596 \begin_layout Itemize
28597 using LaTeX from within LyX
28602 \begin_layout Itemize
28611 \begin_layout Itemize
28612 General organization and format of the documents.
28615 \begin_layout Itemize
28620 \begin_layout Itemize
28624 \begin_layout Itemize
28625 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28629 \begin_layout Itemize
28630 Also responsible for Introduction in
28635 \begin_layout Itemize
28636 Editor of the documents.
28637 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28641 \begin_layout Standard
28642 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28646 \begin_layout Bibliography
28647 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28656 \begin_layout Standard
28660 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28673 \begin_layout Standard
28683 \begin_layout Bibliography
28684 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28691 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28694 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28697 \begin_layout Bibliography
28698 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28699 key "latexcompanion"
28703 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28705 The LaTeX Companion.
28708 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28711 \begin_layout Bibliography
28712 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28722 \begin_layout Bibliography
28723 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem